Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. / FY2023 Annual Report

Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.
Annual Report 2023

CPSS · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker CPSS
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 943
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
________________

FORM 10-K

☒ ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to

Commission file number: 001-14116

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

California
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

33-0459135
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

3800 Howard Hughes Pkwy, Las Vegas, NV
(Address of principal executive offices)

89169
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (949) 753-6800

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, no par value

Trading Symbol
CPSS

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (Global Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes ☐   No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.   Yes ☐   No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the past 12
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
days.   Yes ☒   No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation  S-T  (§232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  submit  such
files).   Yes ☒   No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See
the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☐   Accelerated filer ☒   Non-accelerated filer ☐   Smaller reporting company ☒   Emerging Growth Company ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control
over  financial  reporting  under  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  (15  U.S.C.  7262(b))  by  the  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  prepared  or
issued its audit report. ☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the
filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received
by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   Yes ☐   No ☒

The aggregate market value of the 7,428,256 shares of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of the date of June 30, 2023, based upon the
closing price of the registrant’s common stock of $11.67 per share reported by Nasdaq as of that date, was approximately $86,687,748. For purposes of this
computation, a registrant sponsored pension plan and all directors and executive officers are deemed to be affiliates. Such determination is not an admission
that such plan, directors and executive officers are, in fact, affiliates of the registrant.

The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding on March 1, 2024 was 21,129,918.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 1C.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.

PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Cybersecurity
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Information about Our Executive Officers

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
[Reserved]
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

Index to Financial Statements

i

1
16
30
30
31
31
32
32

34
34
35
53
54
54
54
55
55

56
58
69
70
71

72
72

F-1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Discussions of certain matters contained in this report may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)  and  Section  21E  of  the  Exchange  Act,  and  as  such,  may  involve  risks  and  uncertainties.  You  can  generally
identify  forward-looking  statements  as  statements  containing  the  words  “will,”  “would,”  “believe,”  “may,”  “could,”  “expect,”  “anticipate,”  “intend,”
“estimate,” “assume,” “plans,” “goals, “strategy,” “future,” “likely,” “should” or other similar expressions.

Examples of forward-looking statements include, among others, statements we make regarding:

·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·

charge-offs and recovery rates;
the willingness or ability of obligors to pay pursuant to contractual terms;
our ability to enforce rights under contracts;
our ability to and rates at which we plan to acquire automobile contracts;
the anticipated levels of recoveries upon sale of repossessed vehicles;
revenues or expenses;
provisions for credit losses;
expected industry and general economic trends;
accrued losses for legal contingencies;
anticipated deferred tax assets;
estimates of taxable income;
our ability to service and repay our debt;
the structuring of securitization transactions as secured financings and the effects of such structures on financial items and future profitability; or
the effect of the change in structure on our profitability and the duration of the period in which our profitability would be affected by the change in
securitization structure.

Our actual results, performance and achievements may differ materially from the results, performance and achievements expressed or implied in such

forward-looking statements. Some of the factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, the following:

unexpected exogenous events, such as a widespread public health emergency;

·
· mandates imposed in reaction to such events, such as prohibitions of otherwise permissible activity;
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·

changes in general economic conditions;
changes in performance of our automobile contracts;
increases in interest rates;
our ability to generate sufficient operating and financing cash flows;
competition;
the level of losses incurred on contracts in our managed portfolio;
adverse decisions by courts or regulators;
regulatory changes with respect to consumer finance;
changes in the market for used vehicles;
levels of cash releases from existing pools of contracts;
the terms on which we are able to finance contract purchases;
the willingness or ability of dealers to assign contracts to us on acceptable terms;
the terms on which we are able to complete term securitizations once contracts are acquired;
any breach in the security of our systems; and
such other factors as discussed through the “Risk Factors” section of this report.

Forward-looking statements are neither historical facts nor guarantees of performance. Instead, they are based only on our current beliefs, expectations
and  assumptions  regarding  the  future  of  our  business,  plans  and  strategies,  projections,  anticipated  events  and  trends,  the  economy  and  other  uncertain
conditions.  Because  forward-looking  statements  relate  to  the  future,  they  involve  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions.  Actual  results  may  differ  from
expectations due to many factors beyond our ability to control or predict, including those described herein, and in any documents incorporated by reference
in this report. Therefore, you should not rely on any of these forward-looking statements. For these statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor
for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking information. You are advised to consult any additional disclosure we make in our

periodic reports filed with the SEC.

ii

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1. Business

Overview

PART I

We are a specialty finance company. Our business is to purchase and service retail automobile contracts originated primarily by franchised automobile
dealers and, to a lesser extent, by select independent dealers in the United States in the sale of new and used automobiles, light trucks and passenger vans.
Through  our  automobile  contract  purchases,  we  provide  indirect  financing  to  the  customers  of  dealers  who  have  limited  credit  histories  or  past  credit
problems, who we refer to as sub-prime customers. We serve as an alternative source of financing for dealers, facilitating sales to customers who otherwise
might not be able to obtain financing from traditional sources, such as commercial banks, credit unions and the captive finance companies affiliated with
major  automobile  manufacturers.  In  addition  to  purchasing  installment  purchase  contracts  directly  from  dealers,  we  also  have  (i)  originated  vehicle
purchase money loans by lending directly to consumers and have (ii) acquired installment purchase contracts in four merger and acquisition transactions,
and (iii) purchased immaterial amounts of vehicle purchase money loans from non-affiliated lenders. In this report, we refer to all of such contracts and
loans as “automobile contracts.”

We were incorporated and began our operations in March 1991. From inception through December 31, 2023, we have purchased a total of approximately
$21.3 billion of automobile contracts from dealers. In addition, we acquired a total of approximately $822.3 million of automobile contracts in mergers and
acquisitions in 2002, 2003, 2004 and 2011. Contract purchase volumes and managed portfolio levels for the five years ended December 31, 2023 are shown
in the table below. Managed portfolio comprises both contracts we owned and those we were servicing for third parties.

Contract Purchases and Outstanding Managed Portfolio

Year
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023

$ in thousands

Contracts Purchased
in Period

Managed Portfolio at
Period End

  $

1,002,782    $
742,584     
1,146,321     
1,854,385     
1,357,752     

2,416,042 
2,174,972 
2,249,069 
3,001,308 
3,194,623 

Our principal executive offices are in Las Vegas, Nevada. Most of our operational and administrative functions take place in Irvine, California. Credit and
underwriting functions are performed primarily in our California branch with certain of these functions also performed in our Florida, Nevada, and Virginia
branches. We service our automobile contracts from our California, Nevada, Virginia, Florida, and Illinois branches.

Most  of  our  contract  acquisitions  volume  results  from  our  purchases  of  retail  installment  sales  contracts  from  franchised  or  independent  automobile
dealers.  We  establish  relationships  with  dealers  through  our  employee  sales  representatives,  who  contact  prospective  dealers  to  explain  our  automobile
contract purchase programs, and thereafter provide dealer training and support services. Our sales representatives represent us exclusively. They may work
from our Irvine branch, our Las Vegas branch, or in the field, in which case they work from their homes and support dealers in their geographic area. Our
sales representatives present dealers with a sales package, which includes our promotional material containing the terms offered by us for the purchase of
automobile  contracts,  a  copy  of  our  standard-form  dealer  agreement,  and  required  documentation  relating  to  automobile  contracts.  As  of  December  31,
2023,  we  had  84  sales  representatives,  and  in  that  month,  we  received  applications  from  7,865  dealers  in  47  states.  As  of  December  31,  2023,
approximately 72% of our active dealers were franchised new car dealers that sell both new and used vehicles, and the remainder were independent used
car dealers.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have in the past solicited credit applications directly from prospective automobile consumers through the internet under a program we refer to as our
direct  lending  platform.  For  qualified  applicants  we  offered  terms  similar  to  those  that  we  offer  through  dealers,  though  without  a  down  payment
requirement and with more restrictive loan-to-value and credit score requirements. Applicants approved in this fashion are free to shop for and purchase a
vehicle from a dealer of their choosing, after which we entered into a note and security agreement directly with the consumer. We terminated our direct
lending platform in September 2023 and we do not intend to originate any such loans going forward. However, we intend to continue servicing our existing
direct  loans.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  automobile  contracts  originated  under  the  direct  lending  platform  represented  2.8%  of  our  total
acquisitions and represented 2.7% of our outstanding managed portfolio as of December 31, 2023.

For the year ended December 31, 2023 approximately 94% of the automobile contracts originated under our programs consisted of financing for used

cars and 6% consisted of financing for new cars.

We generally solicit applications with the intent of originating contracts to hold as investments in our own portfolio. However, in May 2021 we began
purchasing  some  contracts  for  immediate  sale  to  a  third-party  to  whom  we  refer  applications  that  do  not  meet  our  lending  criteria.  We  service  all  such
contracts on behalf of the third-party.

For contracts we originate for our own portfolio, we generally finance them on a long-term basis through securitizations. Securitizations are transactions
in which we sell a specified pool of automobile contracts to a special purpose subsidiary of ours. The subsidiary in turn issues (or contributes to a trust that
issues) asset-backed securities, which are purchased by institutional investors. Since 1994, we have completed 99 term securitizations of approximately
$19.1  billion  in  automobile  contracts.  We  depend  upon  the  availability  of  short-term  warehouse  credit  facilities  as  interim  financing  for  our  contract
purchases prior to the time we pool those contracts for a securitization. As of December 31, 2023, we had two such short-term warehouse facilities, each
with a maximum borrowing amount of $200 million.

Sub-Prime Auto Finance Industry

Automobile  financing  is  the  second  largest  consumer  finance  market  in  the  United  States.  The  automobile  finance  industry  can  be  considered  a
continuum  where  participants  choose  to  provide  financing  to  consumers  in  various  segments  of  the  spectrum  of  creditworthiness  depending  on  each
participant’s business strategy. We operate in a segment of the spectrum that is frequently referred to as sub-prime since we provide financing to less credit-
worthy borrowers at higher rates of interest than more credit-worthy borrowers are likely to obtain.

Traditional automobile finance companies, such as banks, their subsidiaries, credit unions and captive finance subsidiaries of automobile manufacturers,
generally  lend  to  the  most  creditworthy,  or  so-called  prime  borrowers,  although  some  traditional  lenders  are  significant  participants  in  the  sub-prime
segment  in  which  we  operate.  Historically,  independent  companies  specializing  in  sub-prime  automobile  financing  and  subsidiaries  of  larger  financial
services companies have competed in the sub-prime segment which we believe remains highly fragmented, with no single company having a dominant
position in the market.

Our  automobile  financing  programs  are  designed  to  serve  sub-prime  customers,  who  generally  have  limited  credit  histories  or  past  credit  problems.
Because we serve customers who are unable to meet certain credit standards, we incur greater risks, and generally receive interest rates higher than those
charged in the prime credit market. We also sustain a higher level of credit losses because of the higher risk customers we serve.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contract Acquisitions

When a retail automobile buyer elects to obtain financing from a dealer, the dealer takes a credit application to submit to its financing sources. Typically,
a dealer will submit the buyer’s application to more than one financing source for review. We believe the dealer’s decision to choose a financing source is
based primarily on: (i) the interest rate and monthly payment made available to the dealer’s customer; (ii) any fees to be charged to (or paid to) the dealer
by the financing source; (iii) the timeliness, consistency, and predictability of response; (iv) funding turnaround time; (v) any conditions to purchase; and
(vi) the financial stability of the financing source. Dealers can send credit applications to us by entering the necessary data on our website or through one of
two  third-party  application  aggregators.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  we  received  2.9  million  applications.  Approximately  63%  of  all
applications came through DealerTrack (the industry leading dealership application aggregator), 37% via another aggregator, Route One. A portion of the
DealerTrack and Route One volume are applications from our pass-through arrangements with other lenders who send us applications from their dealers in
cases where those lenders choose not to approve those applications. For the year ended December 31, 2023, such pass-through applications represented
37% of our total applications. For the year ended December 31, 2023, our automated application decisioning system produced our initial decision within
seconds on approximately 99% of those applications.

Upon receipt an application, if the application meets certain minimum criteria, we immediately order two credit reports to document the buyer’s credit
history and an alternative data credit score provided by a major credit reporting bureau. If, upon review by our proprietary automated decisioning system,
or in some cases, one of our credit analysts, we determine that the applicant and structure of the automobile financing contract meets our criteria, we advise
the dealer of our decision to approve the contract and the terms under which we will purchase it. For applications that do not meet our criteria, we may
forward them to one or more business partners who also invest in subprime automobile contracts. In the case of one third-party partner, as described above,
we  may  purchase  contracts  they  approve,  followed  by  immediate  resale  to  them,  after  which  we  retain  the  servicing.  If  this  third-party  declines  the
application, we advise the dealer that we will not purchase the contract. Other partners to whom we refer applications may or may not choose to purchase
such contracts by working directly with the dealers who submitted the applications. Unless otherwise notated, contract origination and managed portfolio
data discussed herein includes third-party contracts.

Dealers with which we do business are under no obligation to submit any automobile contracts to us, nor are we obligated to purchase any automobile
contracts from them. During the year ended December 31, 2023, no dealer accounted for as much as 2% of the total number of automobile contracts we
purchased.

Under our direct lending platform, the applicant submits a credit application directly to us via our website, or in some cases, through a third-party who
accepts such applications and refers them to us for a fee. In either case, we process the application with the same automated application decisioning process
as described above for applications from dealers. We then advise the applicant as to whether we would grant them credit and on what terms.

The following table sets forth the geographical sources of the automobile contracts we originated (based on the addresses of the customers as stated on

our records) during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Contracts Purchased During the Year Ended

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

Number

Percent (1)

Number

Percent (1)

Texas
Illinois
Ohio
California
Florida
Pennsylvania
Other States

Total

(1) Percentages may not total to 100.0% due to rounding.

4,620     
4,482     
4,015     
3,911     
3,489     
3,274     
41,346     
65,137     

3

7.1%     
6.9%     
6.2%     
6.0%     
5.4%     
5.0%     
63.5%     
100.0%     

6,415     
4,648     
6,247     
6,707     
4,189     
3,767     
49,962     
81,935     

7.8% 
5.7% 
7.6% 
8.2% 
5.1% 
4.6% 
61.0% 
100.0% 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the geographic concentrations of our outstanding managed portfolio as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

California
Texas
Ohio
Illinois
Florida
Pennsylvania
All others

Total

Outstanding Managed Portfolio as of

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

Amount

Percent (1)

Amount

Percent (1)

  $

  $

274.7     
237.6     
232.7     
173.3     
160.2     
152.8     
1,963.3     
3,194.6     

($ in millions)
8.6%    $
7.4%     
7.3%     
5.4%     
5.0%     
4.8%     
61.5%     
100.0%    $

303.8     
220.4     
243.0     
135.2     
148.0     
134.1     
1,816.8     
3,001.3     

10.1% 
7.3% 
8.1% 
4.5% 
4.9% 
4.5% 
60.5% 
100.0% 

(1) Percentages may not total to 100.0% due to rounding.

We purchase automobile contracts from dealers at a price generally computed as the total amount financed under the automobile contracts, adjusted for an
acquisition fee, which may be comprised of multiple components and which may either increase or decrease the automobile contract purchase price we pay.
The amount of the acquisition fee, and whether it results in an increase or decrease to the automobile contract purchase price, is based on the perceived
credit risk of and, in some cases, the interest rate on the automobile contract. The following table summarizes the average net acquisition fees we charged
dealers and the weighted average annual percentage rate on contracts purchased for our own portfolio for the periods shown:

Average net acquisition fee charged (paid) to dealers (1)
Average net acquisition fee as % of amount financed (1)
Weighted average annual percentage interest rate

  $

98    $
1.3%     
20.9%     

(150)   $
-0.7%     
18.4%     

(65)   $
-0.3%     
17.8%     

71    $
0.4%     
19.3%     

(25)
-0.1% 
19.2% 

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

(1) Not applicable to direct lending platform.

Our pricing strategy is driven by our objectives for new contract purchase quantities and maximizing our risk adjusted yield. We believe that levels of
acquisition fees are determined primarily by competition in the marketplace, which has been robust over the periods presented, and by our pricing strategy.
We make changes to our pricing algorithm based on our volume goals, our own costs for borrowing and periodic recalibration of our risk-based scoring
models.

We have offered eight different financing programs, and price each program according to the relative credit risk. Our programs cover a wide band of the

sub-prime credit spectrum and are labeled as follows:

First Time Buyer – This program accommodates an applicant who has limited significant past credit history, such as a previous auto loan. Since the
applicant has limited credit history, the contract interest rate and dealer acquisition fees tend to be higher, and the loan amount, loan-to-value ratio, down
payment, and payment-to-income ratio requirements tend to be more restrictive compared to our other programs.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mercury  /  Delta  –  This  program  accommodates  an  applicant  who  may  have  had  significant  past  non-performing  credit  including  recent  derogatory
credit. As a result, the contract interest rate and dealer acquisition fees tend to be higher, and the loan amount, loan-to-value ratio, down payment, and
payment-to-income ratio requirements tend to be more restrictive compared to our other programs.

Standard  –  This  program  accommodates  an  applicant  who  may  have  significant  past  non-performing  credit,  but  who  has  also  exhibited  some
performing  credit  in  their  history.  The  contract  interest  rate  and  dealer  acquisition  fees  are  comparable  to  the  First  Time  Buyer  and  Mercury/Delta
programs, but the loan amount and loan-to-value ratio requirements are somewhat less restrictive.

Alpha – This program accommodates applicants who may have a discharged bankruptcy, but who have also exhibited performing credit. In addition, the
program allows for homeowners who may have had other significant non-performing credit in the past. The contract interest rate and dealer acquisition
fees are lower than the Standard program, down payment and payment-to-income ratio requirements are somewhat less restrictive.

Alpha Plus – This program accommodates applicants with past non-performing credit, but with a stronger history of recent performing credit, such as
auto or mortgage related credit, and higher incomes than the Alpha program. Contract interest rates and dealer acquisition fees are lower than the Alpha
program.

Super Alpha  –  This  program  accommodates  applicants  with  past  non-performing  credit,  but  with  a  somewhat  stronger  history  of  recent  performing
credit, including auto or mortgage related credit, and higher incomes than the Alpha Plus program. Contract interest rates and dealer acquisition fees are
lower, and the maximum loan amount is somewhat higher, than the Alpha Plus program.

Preferred  -  This  program  accommodates  applicants  with  past  non-performing  credit,  but  who  demonstrate  a  somewhat  stronger  history  of  recent
performing credit than the Super Alpha program. Contract interest rates and dealer acquisition fees are lower, and the maximum loan amount is somewhat
higher than the Super Alpha program.

Meta - This program accommodates applicants with past non-performing credit, but who demonstrate a stronger history of recent performing credit than
the Preferred program. Contract interest rates and dealer acquisition fees are lower, and the maximum loan amount is somewhat higher than the Preferred
program.

Our upper credit tier products, which are our Meta, Preferred, Super Alpha, Alpha Plus and Alpha programs, accounted for approximately 83% of our

new contract acquisitions for our own portfolio in 2023, 80% in 2022, and 75% in 2021, measured by aggregate amount financed.

The following table identifies the credit program, sorted from highest to lowest credit quality, under which we originated automobile contracts during the

years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Contracts Purchased During the Year Ended (1)

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

Program

Meta
Preferred
Super Alpha
Alpha Plus
Alpha
Standard
Mercury / Delta
First Time Buyer
Third Parties

  Amount Financed    
  $

(dollars in thousands)

Percent (1)

    Amount Financed    

Percent (1)

3.3%    $
12.9%     
19.5%     
13.2%     
28.2%     
7.6%     
3.8%     
3.9%     
7.4%     
100.0%    $

57,145     
219,872     
394,743     
193,728     
463,466     
196,738     
74,865     
61,742     
192,086     
1,854,385     

3.1% 
11.9% 
21.3% 
10.4% 
25.0% 
10.6% 
4.0% 
3.3% 
10.4% 
100.0% 

45,319     
175,122     
265,385     
179,526     
383,512     
103,499     
52,250     
52,313     
100,826     
1,357,752     

  $

(1)

Percentages may not total to 100.0% due to rounding.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  attempt  to  control  misrepresentation  regarding  the  customer’s  credit  worthiness  by  carefully  screening  the  automobile  contracts  we  originate,  by
establishing and maintaining professional business relationships with dealers, and by including certain representations and warranties by the dealer in the
dealer  agreement.  Pursuant  to  the  dealer  agreement,  we  may  require  the  dealer  to  repurchase  any  automobile  contract  if  the  dealer  breaches  its
representations  or  warranties.  There  can  be  no  assurance,  however,  that  any  dealer  will  have  the  willingness  or  the  financial  resources  to  satisfy  their
repurchase obligations to us.

Contract Funding

For automobile contracts that we purchase from dealers, we require that the contract be originated by a dealer that has entered into a dealer agreement
with us. Under our direct lending platform, we require the customer to sign a note and security agreement. In each case, the contract is secured by a first
priority lien on a new or used automobile, light truck or passenger van and must meet our funding criteria. In addition, each automobile contract requires
the customer to maintain physical damage insurance covering the financed vehicle and naming us as a loss payee. We may, nonetheless, suffer a loss upon
theft or physical damage of any financed vehicle if the customer fails to maintain insurance as required by the automobile contract and is unable to pay for
repairs to or replacement of the vehicle.

Our  technology  and  human  expertise  provides  for  a  360-degree  evaluation  of  an  applicant’s  employment  and  residence  stability,  income  level  and
affordability, and creditworthiness in relation to the desired collateral securing the automobile contract. This perspective is used to assign application and
structure allowances and limits related to price, term, amount of down payment, monthly payment, and interest rate; type of vehicle; and principal amount
of the automobile contract in relation to the value of the vehicle.

Specifically, our funding guidelines generally limit the maximum principal amount of a purchased automobile contract to 125% of wholesale book value
in the case of used vehicles or to 125% of the manufacturer’s invoice in the case of new vehicles, plus, in each case, sales tax, licensing and, when the
customer purchases such additional items, a service contract or a product to supplement the customer’s casualty policy in the event of a total loss of the
related vehicle. We generally do not finance vehicles that are more than 12 model years old or have more than 200,000 miles. The maximum term of a
purchased contract is 78 months, although we consider the program, amount financed, and mileage as significant factors in determining the maximum term
of  a  contract.  Automobile  contract  purchase  criteria  are  subject  to  change  from  time  to  time  as  circumstances  may  warrant.  Prior  to  purchasing  an
automobile contract, our funding staff verify the customer’s employment, income, residency, and credit information by contacting various parties noted on
the customer’s application, credit information bureaus and other sources. In addition, we contact each customer by telephone to confirm that the customer
understands  and  agrees  to  the  terms  of  the  related  automobile  contract.  During  this  “welcome call,”  we  also  ask  the  customer  a  series  of  open-ended
questions about his application and the contract, which may uncover potential misrepresentations.

Credit Scoring.  We use proprietary scoring models to assign two internal “credit scores” at the time the application is received. These proprietary scores
are used to help determine whether we want to approve the application and, if so, the program and pricing we will offer either to the dealer, or in the case of
our direct lending platform, directly to the customer. Our internal credit scores are based on a variety of parameters including traditional and alternative
credit history, data derived from other sources such as house/rental payment, length of employment, residence stability and total income. When the dealer
proposes  a  structure  for  the  contract,  our  scores  consider  various  deal  structure  parameters  such  as  down  payment  amount,  loan  to  value,  payment  to
income, make and model, vehicle class, and mileage. We have developed our credit scores utilizing statistical risk management techniques and historical
performance data from our managed portfolio. We believe this improves our allocation of credit evaluation resources, enhances our competitiveness in the
marketplace and manages the risk inherent in the sub-prime market.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Characteristics  of  Contracts.    All  the  automobile  contracts  we  purchase  are  fully  amortizing  and  provide  for  level  payments  over  the  term  of  the
automobile contract. All automobile contracts may be prepaid at any time without penalty. The table below compares certain characteristics, at the time of
origination, of our contract purchases for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Average Original Amount Financed
Weighted Average Original Term
Average Down Payment Percent
Average Vehicle Purchase Price
Average Age of Vehicle
Average Age of Customer
Average Time in Current Job
Average Household Annual Income

Contracts Purchased During the Year
Ended
  December 31, 2023     December 31, 2022  

  $

  $

  $

20,845    $
 67 months      
10.7%     
19,651    $
 7 years      
 42 years      
 5 years      
72,930    $

22,632 
 70 months  
10.5% 
21,122 
 7 years  
 42 years  
 4 years  
69,121 

Dealer Compliance.    The  dealer  agreement  and  related  assignment  contain  representations  and  warranties  by  the  dealer  that  an  application  for  state
registration of each financed vehicle, naming us as secured party with respect to the vehicle, was effected by the time of sale of the related automobile
contract to us, and that all necessary steps have been taken to obtain a perfected first priority security interest in each financed vehicle in favor of us under
the  laws  of  the  state  in  which  the  financed  vehicle  is  registered.  To  the  extent  that  we  do  not  receive  such  state  registration  within  three  months  of
purchasing the automobile contract, our dealer compliance group will work with the dealer to rectify the situation. If these efforts are unsuccessful, we
generally will require the dealer to repurchase the automobile contract.

Servicing and Collections

We currently service all automobile contracts that we own as well as those automobile contracts we service for third parties. We organize our servicing
activities based on the tasks performed by our personnel. Our servicing activities consist of mailing monthly billing statements; contacting obligors whose
payments  are  late;  accounting  for  and  posting  of  all  payments  received;  responding  to  customer  inquiries;  taking  all  necessary  action  to  maintain  the
security  interest  granted  in  the  financed  vehicle  or  other  collateral;  skip  tracing;  repossessing  and  liquidating  the  collateral  when  necessary;  collecting
deficiency balances; and generally monitoring each automobile contract and the related collateral. For contracts that we securitize, we are typically entitled
to  receive  a  base  monthly  servicing  fee  equal  to  2.5%  per  annum  computed  as  a  percentage  of  the  declining  outstanding  principal  balance  of  the  non-
charged-off  automobile  contracts.  The  servicing  fee  is  included  in  interest  income  for  contracts  that  are  pledged  to  a  warehouse  credit  facility  or  a
securitization transaction. For contracts we service for third parties, we receive a base monthly servicing fee equal to 2.5%, and certain other incentive fees
tied to credit performance.

Collection Procedures.  We believe that our ability to monitor performance and collect payments owed from sub-prime customers is primarily a function
of  our  collection  approach  and  support  systems.  We  believe  that  if  payment  problems  are  identified  early  and  our  collection  staff  works  closely  with
customers to address these problems, it is possible to correct many problems before they deteriorate further. To this end, we utilize pro-active collection
procedures, which include making early and frequent contact with delinquent customers; educating customers as to the importance of maintaining good
credit; and employing a consultative and customer service approach to assist the customer in meeting his or her obligations, which includes attempting to
identify  the  underlying  causes  of  delinquency  and  cure  them  whenever  possible.  In  support  of  our  collection  activities,  we  maintain  a  computerized
collection  system  specifically  designed  to  service  automobile  contracts  with  sub-prime  customers.  We  engage  a  nearshore  third-party  call  center  to
supplement the efforts the collectors in our five branch locations. As of December 31, 2023, our nearshore partner had approximately 47 agents assigned to
our portfolio.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We attempt to make telephonic contact with delinquent customers from one to 20 days after their monthly payment due date, depending on our risk-based
assessment  of  the  customer’s  likelihood  of  payment  during  early  stages  of  delinquency.  If  a  customer  has  authorized  us  to  do  so,  we  may  also  send
automated text message reminders at various stages of delinquency and our collectors may also choose to contact a customer via text message instead of, or
in addition to, via telephone. Our customers can contact us via a toll-free number where they may choose to speak with a collector or to use our automated
voice response system to access information about their account or to make a payment. They may respond to our collector’s text messages or chat with one
of  our  collectors  while  logged  into  our  website.  Our  contact  priorities  may  be  based  on  the  customers’  physical  location,  stage  of  delinquency,  size  of
balance or other parameters. Our collectors inquire of the customer the reason for the delinquency and when we can expect to receive the payment. The
collector attempts to get the customer to make an electronic payment over the phone or a promise for the payment for a time generally not to exceed one
week from the date of the call. If the customer makes such a promise, the account is routed to a promise queue and is not contacted until the outcome of the
promise is known. If the payment is made by the promise date and the account is no longer delinquent, the account is routed out of the collection system. If
the  payment  is  not  made,  or  if  the  payment  is  made,  but  the  account  remains  delinquent,  the  account  is  returned  to  a  collector’s  queue  for  subsequent
contacts.

If  a  customer  fails  to  make  or  keep  promises  for  payments,  or  if  the  customer  is  uncooperative  or  attempts  to  evade  contact  or  hide  the  vehicle,  a
supervisor will review the collection activity relating to the account to determine if repossession of the vehicle is warranted. Generally, such a decision will
occur  between  the  60th  and  90th  day  past  the  customer’s  payment  due  date,  but  could  occur  sooner  or  later,  depending  on  the  specific  circumstances.
Contracts originated since January 2018 are accounted for at fair value and the economic impact of repossessions is incorporated into the estimated net
yield on those contracts. For contracts originated prior to January 2018, which are not accounted for at fair value, we suspend interest accruals on contracts
where the vehicle has been repossessed and reclassify the remaining automobile contract balance to other assets. In addition, we apply a specific reserve to
such contracts so that the net balance represents the estimated remaining balance after the proceeds of the sale of the vehicle are applied, net of related
costs.

If  we  elect  to  repossess  the  vehicle,  we  assign  the  task  to  an  independent  national  repossession  service.  Such  services  are  licensed  and/or  bonded  as
required by law. Upon repossession it is stored until it is picked up by a wholesale auction that we designate, where it is kept until sold. Prior to sale, the
customer has the right to redeem the vehicle by paying the contract in full. In some cases, we may return the vehicle to the customer if they pay all, or what
we  deem  to  be  a  sufficient  amount,  of  the  past  due  amount.  Financed  vehicles  that  have  been  repossessed  are  generally  resold  through  unaffiliated
automobile auctions, which are attended principally by car dealers. Net liquidation proceeds are applied to the customer’s outstanding obligation under the
automobile contract. Such proceeds usually are insufficient to pay the customer’s obligation in full, resulting in a deficiency. In most cases we will continue
to contact our customers to recover all or a portion of this deficiency for up to several years after charge-off. From time to time, we sell certain charged off
accounts to unaffiliated purchasers who specialize in collecting such accounts.

Contracts originated since January 2018 are accounted for at fair value and the economic impact of late payments is incorporated into the estimated net
yield on those contracts. For contracts originated prior to January 2018, which are not accounted for at fair value, we suspend interest accruals on contracts
once an automobile contract becomes greater than 90 days delinquent. We do not recognize additional interest income until the borrower makes sufficient
payments to be less than 90 days delinquent. Any payments received by a borrower, regardless of their stage of delinquency are first applied to outstanding
accrued interest and then to principal reduction.

We  generally  charge  off  the  balance  of  any  contract  by  the  earlier  of  the  end  of  the  month  in  which  the  automobile  contract  becomes  five  scheduled
installments past due or, in the case of repossessions, the month after we receive the proceeds from the liquidation of the financed vehicle or if the vehicle
has  been  in  repossession  inventory  for  more  than  three  months.  In  the  case  of  repossession,  the  amount  of  the  charge-off  is  the  difference  between  the
outstanding principal balance of the defaulted automobile contract and the net repossession sale proceeds.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Experience

Our primary method of monitoring ongoing credit quality of our portfolio is to closely review monthly delinquency, default and net charge off activity
and the related trends. Our internal credit performance data consistently show that new receivables have lower levels of delinquency and losses early in
their lives, with delinquencies increasing throughout their lives and incremental losses gradually increasing to a peak around 18 months, after which they
gradually  decrease.  The  weighted  average  seasoning  of  our  total  owned  portfolio,  represented  in  the  tables  below,  was  19  months,  17  months,  and  21
months as of December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, respectively. Our financial results are dependent on the performance of the
automobile  contracts  in  which  we  retain  an  ownership  interest.  Broad  economic  factors  such  as  pandemic,  recession  and  significant  changes  in
unemployment levels influence the credit performance of our portfolio, as does the weighted average age of the receivables at any given time. The tables
below  document  the  delinquency,  repossession,  and  net  credit  loss  experience  of  all  such  automobile  contracts  that  we  own  as  of  the  respective  dates
shown.

Delinquency, Repossession and Extension Experience

Delinquency and Extension Experience (1)
Total Managed Portfolio (Excludes Third Party Portfolio)

Delinquency Experience
Gross servicing portfolio (1)
Period of delinquency (2)
31-60 days
61-90 days
91+ days
Total delinquencies (2)
Amount in repossession (3)
Total delinquencies and amount in repossession (2)

Delinquencies as a percentage
Delinquencies as a percentage of gross servicing portfolio

Total delinquencies and amount in repossession as a

percentage of gross servicing portfolio

Extension Experience
Contracts with one extension, accruing
Contracts with two or more extensions, accruing

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

December 31, 2021

Number of
Contracts     Amount

Number of
Contracts     Amount
(Dollars in thousands)

Number of
Contracts     Amount

179,198    $ 2,970,066     

170,658    $ 2,795,383     

154,151    $ 2,209,430 

13,337     
6,717     
3,252     
23,306     
4,653     
27,959    $

210,200     
104,144     
50,610     
364,954     
67,182     
432,136     

13,434     
5,481     
2,148     
21,063     
2,904     
23,967    $

201,764     
80,146     
31,036     
312,946     
41,401     
354,347     

10,895     
3,939     
1,171     
16,005     
1,882     
17,887    $

146,904 
51,069 
14,279 
212,252 
22,912 
235,164 

13.0%     

12.3%     

12.3%     

11.2%     

10.4%     

9.6% 

15.6%     

14.5%     

14.0%     

12.7%     

11.6%     

10.6% 

610,617     
33,920    $
563,308     
42,462     
76,382      1,173,926     

27,584    $
38,714     
66,298     

464,323     
417,682     
882,005     

23,740    $
46,541     
70,281     

328,128 
513,183 
841,311 

Contracts with one extension, non-accrual (4)
Contracts with two or more extensions, non-accrual (4)

Total accounts with extensions

2,367     
38,933     
2,081     
27,497     
66,430     
4,448     
80,830    $ 1,240,355     

981     
1,485     
2,466     
68,764    $

14,792     
15,395     
30,187     
912,192     

597     
1,414     
2,011     
72,292    $

7,736 
15,128 
22,864 
864,175 

 (1) All amounts and percentages are based on the amount remaining to be repaid on each automobile contract. The information in the table represents the gross principal
amount of all automobile contracts we purchased, including automobile contracts we subsequently sold in securitization transactions that we continue to service. The
table does not include certain contracts we have serviced for third parties on which we earn servicing fees only, and have no credit risk.

(2) We consider an automobile contract delinquent when an obligor fails to make at least 90% of a contractually due payment by the following due date, which date may
have been extended within limits specified in the servicing agreements. The period of delinquency is based on the number of days payments are contractually past due.
Automobile contracts less than 31 days delinquent are not included. The delinquency aging categories shown in the tables reflect the effect of extensions.

(3) Amount in repossession represents the contract balance on financed vehicles that have been repossessed but not yet liquidated.
(4) We do not recognize interest income on accounts past due more than 90 days.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net Credit Loss Experience (1)
Total Managed Portfolio (Excludes Third Party Portfolio)

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022
(Dollars in thousands)

2021

Average portfolio outstanding
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average portfolio (2)

  $

2,913,571    $
6.5%     

2,539,110    $
4.5%     

2,147,611 
3.5% 

(1) All amounts and percentages are based on the principal amount scheduled to be paid on each automobile contract contracts. The information in the
table represents all automobile contracts we service, excluding certain contracts we have serviced for third parties on which we earn servicing fees
only, and have no credit risk.

(2) Net  charge-offs  include  the  remaining  principal  balance,  after  the  application  of  the  net  proceeds  from  the  liquidation  of  the  vehicle  (excluding
accrued and unpaid interest) and amounts collected after the date of charge-off, including some recoveries which have been classified as other income
in the accompanying financial statements.

Extensions

In certain circumstances we will grant obligors one-month payment extensions to assist them with temporary cash flow problems. In general, an obligor
will not be permitted more than two such extensions in any 12-month period and no more than eight over the life of the contract. The only modification of
terms  is  to  advance  the  obligor’s  next  due  date,  generally  by  one  month,  though  in  some  cases  we  may  permit  a  longer  extension,  and  in  any  case  an
advance in the maturity date corresponding to the advance of the due date. There are no other concessions such as a reduction in interest rate, forgiveness of
principal or of accrued interest. Accordingly, we consider such extensions to be insignificant delays in payments.

The basic question in deciding to grant an extension is whether we will (a) be delaying an inevitable repossession and liquidation or (b) risk losing the
vehicle as a result of not being able to locate the obligor and vehicle. In both of those situations, the loss would likely be higher than if the vehicle had been
repossessed without the extension. The benefits of granting an extension include minimizing current losses and delinquencies, minimizing lifetime losses,
getting  the  obligor’s  account  current  (or  close  to  it)  and  building  goodwill  with  the  obligor  so  that  he  might  prioritize  us  over  other  creditors  on  future
payments. Our servicing staff are trained to identify when a past due obligor is facing a temporary problem that may be resolved with an extension.

The credit assessment for granting an extension is initially made by our collector, who bases the recommendation on the collector’s discussions with the
obligor. In such assessments the collector will consider, among other things, the following factors: (1) the reason the obligor has fallen behind in payments;
(2) whether or not the reason for the delinquency is temporary, and if it is, have conditions changed such that the obligor can begin making regular monthly
payments  again  after  the  extension;  (3)  the  obligor’s  past  payment  history,  including  past  extensions  if  applicable;  and  (4)  the  obligor’s  willingness  to
communicate and cooperate on resolving the delinquency. If the collector believes the obligor is a good candidate for an extension, he must obtain approval
from  his  supervisor,  who  will  review  the  same  factors  stated  above  prior  to  offering  the  extension  to  the  obligor.  During  2020  we  incorporated  an
algorithmic extension score card which provides our staff with an objective and quantitative assessment of whether or not a obligor is a good candidate for
an extension, based on the current circumstances of the account. The extension score card was developed by our internal risk management team and is
derived from the post-extension performance of accounts in our managed portfolio.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
After  receiving  an  extension,  an  account  remains  subject  to  our  normal  policies  and  procedures  for  interest  accrual,  reporting  delinquency  and
recognizing  charge-offs.  We  believe  that  a  prudent  extension  program  is  an  integral  component  to  mitigating  losses  in  our  portfolio  of  sub-prime
automobile receivables. The table below summarizes the status, as of December 31, 2023, for accounts that received extensions from 2012 through 2022:

Period of
Extension
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022

# of Extensions
Granted

Active or Paid
Off at December
31, 2023

% Active or Paid
Off at December
31, 2023

Charged Off > 6
Months After
Extension

% Charged Off >
6 Months After
Extension

Charged Off <=
6 Months After
Extension

18,783 
23,398 
25,773 
53,319 
80,897 
133,847 
121,531 
71,548 
83,170 
47,010 
56,142 

11,320 
11,143 
10,475 
22,279 
36,449 
59,643 
64,608 
49,448 
62,685 
38,072 
49,176 

60.3% 
47.6% 
40.6% 
41.8% 
45.1% 
44.6% 
53.2% 
69.1% 
75.4% 
81.0% 
87.6% 

6,667 
11,277 
14,477 
30,014 
42,740 
67,278 
51,961 
21,173 
20,666 
9,560 
8,312 

35.5% 
48.2% 
56.2% 
56.3% 
52.8% 
50.3% 
42.8% 
29.6% 
24.8% 
20.3% 
14.8% 

796 
976 
826 
1,082 
1,933 
6,926 
6,007 
1,942 
2,099 
1,236 
1,954 

% Charged Off
<= 6 Months
After Extension  
4.2% 
4.2% 
3.2% 
2.0% 
2.4% 
5.2% 
4.9% 
2.7% 
2.5% 
2.5% 
3.5% 

Avg Months to
Charge Off Post
Extension

18 
23 
25 
26 
27 
23 
21 
21 
19 
15 
11 

We view these results as a confirmation of the effectiveness of our extension program. We consider accounts that have had extensions and were active or
paid off as of December 31, 2023 to be successful. Successful extensions result in continued payments of interest and principal (including payment in full
in many cases). Without the extension, however, the account may have defaulted, and we would have likely incurred a substantial loss and no additional
interest revenue.

For extension accounts that ultimately charged off, we consider accounts that charged off more than six months after the extension to be at least partially

successful. In such cases, despite the ultimate loss, we received additional payments of principal and interest that otherwise we would not have received.

Additional information about our extensions is provided in the tables below:

For the Year Ended
  December 31, 2023     December 31, 2022     December 31, 2021  

Average number of extensions granted per month

6,926     

4,689     

3,918 

Average number of outstanding accounts

176,438     

162,264     

157,076 

Average monthly extensions as % of average outstandings

3.9%     

2.9%     

2.5% 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Contracts with one extension
Contracts with two extensions
Contracts with three extensions
Contracts with four extensions
Contracts with five extensions
Contracts with six extensions

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

December 31, 2021

Number of
Contracts     Amount

Number of
Contracts     Amount
(Dollars in thousands)

Number of
Contracts     Amount

649,551     
36,287    $
326,552     
19,335     
133,207     
10,109     
67,735     
6,784     
42,734     
5,197     
20,576     
3,118     
80,830    $ 1,240,355     

28,565    $
13,730     
9,837     
7,938     
5,425     
3,269     
68,764    $

479,114     
180,547     
108,986     
76,220     
45,519     
21,806     
912,192     

24,337    $
15,861     
11,755     
9,272     
6,531     
4,536     
72,292    $

335,864 
200,705 
136,970 
95,182 
59,651 
35,803 
864,175 

Gross servicing portfolio (Excludes Third Party Portfolio)

179,198    $ 2,970,066     

170,658    $ 2,795,383     

154,151    $ 2,209,430 

Non-Accrual Receivables

It is not uncommon for our obligors to fall behind in their payments. However, with the diligent efforts of our servicing staff and systems for managing
our collection efforts, we regularly work with our customers to resolve delinquencies. Our staff is trained to employ a counseling approach to assist our
customers  with  their  cash  flow  management  skills  and  help  them  to  prioritize  their  payment  obligations  to  avoid  losing  their  vehicle  to  repossession.
Through our experience, we have learned that once a contract becomes greater than 90 days past due, it is more likely than not that the delinquency will not
be resolved and will ultimately result in a charge-off. As a result, for contracts originated prior to January 2018 that are not accounted for under the fair
value method, we do not recognize any interest income for contracts that are greater than 90 days past due.

If an obligor exceeds the 90 days past due threshold at the end of one period, and then makes the necessary payments such that it becomes equal to or
below 90 days delinquent at the end of a subsequent period, the related contract would be restored to full accrual status for our financial reporting purposes.
At the time a contract is restored to full accrual in this manner, there can be no assurance that full repayment of interest and principal will ultimately be
made.  However,  we  monitor  each  obligor’s  payment  performance  and  are  aware  of  the  severity  of  his  delinquency  at  any  time.  The  fact  that  the
delinquency has been reduced below the 90-day threshold is a positive indicator. Should the contract again exceed the 90-day delinquency level at the end
of any reporting period, it would again be reflected as a non-accrual account.

Our  policy  for  placing  a  contract  on  non-accrual  status  is  independent  of  our  policy  to  grant  an  extension.  In  practice,  it  would  be  an  uncommon
circumstance  where  an  extension  was  granted  and  the  account  remained  in  a  non-accrual  status,  since  the  goal  of  the  extension  is  to  bring  the  contract
current (or nearly current).

Securitization of Automobile Contracts

Throughout the period for which information is presented in this report, we have purchased automobile contracts with the intention of financing them on
a long-term basis through securitizations, and on an interim basis through warehouse credit facilities. All such financings have involved identification of
specific automobile contracts, sale of those automobile contracts (and associated rights) to one of our special-purpose subsidiaries, and issuance of asset-
backed securities to be purchased by institutional investors. Depending on the structure, these transactions may be accounted for under generally accepted
accounting principles as sales of the automobile contracts or as secured financings.

12

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
When structured to be treated as a secured financing for accounting purposes, the subsidiary is consolidated with us. Accordingly, the sold automobile
contracts and the related debt appear as assets and liabilities, respectively, on our consolidated balance sheet. We then periodically (i) recognize interest and
fee income on the contracts, (ii) recognize interest expense on the securities issued in the transaction and (iii) record as expense a provision for credit losses
on the contracts. Effective January 1, 2018, we adopted the fair value method of accounting for finance receivables acquired on or after that date. For these
receivables, we recognize interest income on a level yield basis using that internal rate of return as the applicable interest rate. We do not record an expense
for provision for credit losses on these receivables because such credit losses are included in our computation of the appropriate level yield.

Since 1994 we have conducted 99 term securitizations of automobile contracts that we originated under our regular programs. As of December 31, 2023,
18 of those securitizations are active and all are structured as secured financings. We generally conduct our securitizations on a quarterly basis, near the
beginning of each calendar quarter, resulting in four securitizations per calendar year. However, we completed only three securitizations in 2020. In April
2020 we postponed our planned securitization due to the onset of the pandemic and the effective closure of the capital markets in which our securitizations
are executed. Subsequently we successfully completed securitizations in June and September 2020.

Our recent history of term securitizations is summarized in the table below:

Recent Asset-Backed Securitizations
$ in thousands

Period
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023

    $

Number of Term
Securitizations
4
4
4
3
4
4
4

Amount of
Receivables

870,000 
883,452 
1,014,124 
741,867 
1,145,002 
1,537,383 
1,352,114 

From time to time we have also completed financings of our residual interests in other securitizations that we and our affiliates previously sponsored. On
June 30, 2021, we completed a $50.0 million securitization of residual interests from previously issued securitizations. In this residual interest financing
transaction,  qualified  institutional  buyers  purchased  $50.0  million  of  asset-backed  notes  secured  by  residual  interests  in  three  CPS  securitizations
consecutively conducted from January 2018 through July 2018, and an 80% interest in a CPS affiliate that owns the residual interests in the eight CPS
securitizations conducted from December 2018 through September 2020. The sold notes (“2021-1 Notes”), issued by CPS Auto Securitization Trust 2021-
1, consist of a single class with a coupon of 7.86%. As of December 31, 2023, the notes had a principal balance of $50.0 million.

Generally, prior to a securitization transaction we fund our automobile contract acquisitions primarily with proceeds from warehouse credit facilities. Our
current short-term funding capacity is $400 million, comprising two credit facilities. The first credit facility was established in May 2012. This facility was
most recently renewed in July 2022, extending the revolving period to July 2024, with an optional amortization period through July 2025. In addition, the
capacity was doubled from $100 million to $200 million at the July 2022 renewal.

In November 2015, we entered into another $100 million facility. This facility was most recently renewed in February 2022, extending the revolving
period to January 2024, followed by an amortization period to January 2026. In June 2022, we doubled the capacity for this facility from $100 million to
$200 million. Prior to the expiration of the revolving period in January 2024, the revolving period was extended to March 31, 2024.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In a securitization and in our warehouse credit facilities, we are required to make certain representations and warranties, which are generally similar to the
representations and warranties made by dealers in connection with our purchase of the automobile contracts. If we breach any of our representations or
warranties, we may be required to repurchase the automobile contract at a price equal to the principal balance plus accrued and unpaid interest. We may
then be entitled under the terms of our dealer agreement to require the selling dealer to repurchase the contract at a price equal to our purchase price, less
any principal payments made by the customer. Subject to any recourse against dealers, we will bear the risk of loss on repossession and resale of vehicles
under automobile contracts that we repurchase.

Whether a securitization is treated as a secured financing or as a sale for financial accounting purposes, the related special purpose subsidiary may be
unable to release excess cash to us if the credit performance of the securitized automobile contracts falls short of pre-determined standards. Such releases
represent  a  material  portion  of  the  cash  that  we  use  to  fund  our  operations.  An  unexpected  deterioration  in  the  performance  of  securitized  automobile
contracts could therefore have a material adverse effect on both our liquidity and results of operations, regardless of whether such automobile contracts are
treated as having been sold or as having been financed.

Certain  of  our  securitization  transactions  and  our  warehouse  credit  facilities  contain  various  financial  covenants  requiring  certain  minimum  financial
ratios and results. Such covenants include maintaining minimum levels of liquidity and net worth and not exceeding maximum leverage levels. In addition,
certain securitization and non-securitization related debt contain cross-default provisions that would allow certain creditors to declare a default if a default
occurred under a different facility. As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with all such covenants.

Competition

The automobile financing business is highly competitive. We compete with several national, regional and local finance companies with operations similar
to  ours.  In  addition,  competitors  or  potential  competitors  include  other  types  of  financial  services  companies,  such  as  banks,  leasing  companies,  credit
unions  providing  retail  loan  financing  and  lease  financing  for  new  and  used  vehicles,  and  captive  finance  companies  affiliated  with  major  automobile
manufacturers. Many of our competitors and potential competitors possess substantially greater financial, sales, technical, personnel and other resources
than we do. Moreover, our future profitability will be directly related to the availability and cost of our capital in relation to the availability and cost of
capital to our competitors. Our competitors and potential competitors include far larger, more established companies that have access to capital markets for
unsecured  commercial  paper  and  investment  grade-rated  debt  instruments  and  to  other  funding  sources  that  may  be  unavailable  to  us.  Many  of  these
companies also have long-standing relationships with dealers and may provide other financing to dealers, including floor plan financing for the dealers’
purchase of automobiles from manufacturers, which we do not offer.

We believe that the principal competitive factors affecting a dealer’s decision to offer automobile contracts for sale to a particular financing source are the
monthly payment amount made available to the dealer’s customer, the purchase price offered for the automobile contracts, the timeliness of the response to
the dealer upon submission of the initial application, the amount of required documentation, the consistency and timeliness of purchases and the financial
stability  of  the  funding  source.  While  we  believe  that  we  can  obtain  from  dealers  sufficient  automobile  contracts  for  purchase  at  attractive  prices  by
consistently applying reasonable underwriting criteria and making timely purchases of qualifying automobile contracts, there can be no assurance that we
will do so.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulation

Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws, including the federal Truth-In-Lending Act, the federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the federal
Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and the Federal Trade Commission Act, regulate consumer credit transactions. These laws mandate certain disclosures
with respect to finance charges on automobile contracts and impose certain other restrictions. In most states, a license is required to engage in the business
of purchasing automobile contracts from dealers. In addition, laws in a number of states impose limitations on the amount of finance charges that may be
charged by dealers on credit sales. The so-called Lemon Laws enacted by various states provide certain rights to purchasers with respect to automobiles
that fail to satisfy express warranties. The application of Lemon Laws or violation of such other federal and state laws may give rise to a claim or defense
of  a  customer  against  a  dealer  and  its  assignees,  including  us  and  those  who  purchase  automobile  contracts  from  us.  The  dealer  agreement  contains
representations by the dealer that, as of the date of assignment of automobile contracts, no such claims or defenses have been asserted or threatened with
respect to the automobile contracts and that all requirements of such federal and state laws have been complied with in all material respects. Although a
dealer would be obligated to repurchase automobile contracts that involve a breach of such warranty, there can be no assurance that the dealer will have the
financial resources to satisfy its repurchase obligations. Certain of these laws also regulate our servicing activities, including our methods of collection.

We are subject to supervision and examination by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”), a federal agency created by the Dodd-Frank
Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The CFPB has rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over “non-
banks,” including us. The CFPB is specifically authorized, among other things, to take actions to prevent companies from engaging in “unfair, deceptive or
abusive”  acts  or  practices  in  connection  with  consumer  financial  products  and  services,  and  to  issue  rules  requiring  enhanced  disclosures  for  consumer
financial products or services.   The CFPB also has authority to interpret, enforce and issue regulations implementing enumerated consumer laws, including
certain laws that apply to us. 

The Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations are likely to affect our cost of doing business, may limit or expand our permissible activities, may affect the
competitive balance within our industry and market areas and could have a material adverse effect on us.   We continue to assess the Dodd-Frank Act’s
probable  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,  and  to  monitor  developments  involving  the  entities  charged  with
promulgating  regulations.    However,  the  ultimate  effect  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  on  the  financial  services  industry  in  general,  and  on  us  in  particular,  is
uncertain at this time.

In addition to the CFPB, other state and federal agencies have the ability to regulate aspects of our business. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act provides a
mechanism for state Attorneys General to investigate us. In addition, the Federal Trade Commission has jurisdiction to investigate aspects of our business.
We  expect  that  regulatory  investigation  by  both  state  and  federal  agencies  will  continue,  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  results  of  such
investigations will not have a material adverse effect on us.

We believe that we are currently in material compliance with applicable statutes and regulations; however, there can be no assurance that we are correct,
nor that we will be able to maintain such compliance. The past or future failure to comply with applicable statutes and regulations could have a material
adverse effect on us. Furthermore, the adoption of additional statutes and regulations, changes in the interpretation and enforcement of current statutes and
regulations or the expansion of our business into jurisdictions that have adopted more stringent regulatory requirements than those in which we currently
conduct business could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, due to the consumer-oriented nature of our industry and the application of certain
laws  and  regulations,  industry  participants  are  regularly  named  as  defendants  in  litigation  involving  alleged  violations  of  federal  and  state  laws  and
regulations and consumer law torts, including fraud. Many of these actions involve alleged violations of consumer protection laws. A significant judgment
against us or within the industry in connection with any such litigation could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations
or liquidity.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Human Capital

We rely on our employees for everything we do. To make our business work, we seek to supply employees with the tools and knowledge they need to
succeed. In addition to new hire training, we provide mentor programs and management workshops. We offer an education costs assistance program to help
with college tuition and costs incurred to obtain job related certifications and licenses.

Workforce Allocation and Diversity We had 890 employees as of December 31, 2023. Our employee population was 67% female, and 71% self-identified
as ethnically diverse (defined as all EEOC classifications other than white). Broken out by function, our human capital was allocated thus: 15 were senior
management personnel; 529 were servicing personnel; 185 were automobile contract origination personnel; 105 were sales personnel (67 of whom were
sales representatives); 56 were various administrative personnel including human resources, legal, accounting and systems.

Compensation and benefits We offer a total rewards package, which includes competitive compensation, incentives, and comprehensive benefits that will
attract,  retain,  and  motivate  talent  within  our  organization.  Our  compensation  and  benefits  package  includes  competitive  pay,  healthcare,  mental  health,
retirement benefits, as well as paid time off and holidays, disability benefits, and volunteer time off, along with other benefits and employee resources. We
offer performance pay to help enhance career development.

Employee Engagement  Our  means  of  evaluating  our  human  capital  resources  include,  on  an  individual  basis,  annual  performance  reviews  and  annual
meetings with senior management on or close to the employee’s anniversary date.  Most departments meet one-on-one with employees monthly to discuss
performance, suggestions, and concerns. On an aggregate basis, we distribute new hire surveys and host department round table meetings. The feedback
from  the  meetings  and  survey  results  are  reviewed  by  senior  management  and  used  to  assist  in  reviewing  our  human  capital  strategies,  programs,  and
practices.  Our  COO  holds  town  hall  meetings  in  every  branch  and  virtual  sessions  to  provide  company-wide  updates  and  conduct  open  Q&A  for  all
employees.  We  foster  collaboration  through  charity  committees  which  plan  events  to  raise  funds  and/or  provide  resources  to  various  501(c)(3)
organizations  in  our  communities.  We  also  offer  paid  community  service  time.  Metrics  used  in  human  capital  management  include  average  employee
tenure and annual turnover rate. We believe that our relations with our employees are good. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreement.

Available Information

Our internet address is www.consumerportfolio.com. We make available free of charge on our internet web site our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and
Exchange Commission.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

We  are  subject  to  various  risks  that  may  materially  harm  our  business,  prospects,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  An  investment  in  our
common  stock  is  speculative  and  involves  risk.  In  evaluating  an  investment  in  shares  of  our  common  stock,  you  should  carefully  consider  the  risks
described below, together with the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The risks described below are not the only risks we face. If any of the events described in the following risk factors actually occurs, or if additional risks
and  uncertainties  later  materialize  that  are  not  presently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  deem  immaterial,  then  our  business,  prospects,  results  of
operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may
lose  all  or  part  of  your  investment  in  our  shares.  The  risks  discussed  below  include  forward-looking  statements,  and  our  actual  results  may  differ
substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to Our Business

We Require a Substantial Amount of Cash to Service Our Substantial Debt.

To service our existing substantial indebtedness, we require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors, including
our  successful  financial  and  operating  performance.  Our  financial  and  operational  performance  depends  upon  a  number  of  factors,  many  of  which  are
beyond our control. These factors include, without limitation:

·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·

the economic and competitive conditions in the asset-backed securities market;
the performance of our current and future automobile contracts;
the performance of our residual interests from our securitizations and warehouse credit facilities;
any operating difficulties or pricing pressures we may experience;
our ability to obtain credit enhancement for our securitizations;
our ability to establish and maintain dealer relationships;
the passage of laws or regulations that affect us adversely;
our ability to compete with our competitors; and
our ability to acquire and finance automobile contracts.

Depending upon the outcome of one or more of these factors, we may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or obtain sufficient
funding to satisfy all of our obligations. Such factors may result in our being unable to pay our debts timely or as agreed. If we were unable to pay our
debts, we would be required to pursue one or more alternative strategies, such as selling assets, refinancing or restructuring our indebtedness or selling
additional equity capital. These alternative strategies might not be feasible at the time, might prove inadequate, or could require the prior consent of our
lenders. If executed, these strategies could reduce the earnings available to our shareholders.

We Need Substantial Liquidity to Operate Our Business.

We  have  historically  funded  our  operations  principally  through  internally  generated  cash  flows,  sales  of  debt  and  equity  securities,  including  through
securitizations and warehouse credit facilities, borrowings under senior secured debt agreements and sales of subordinated notes. However, we may not be
able to obtain sufficient funding for our future operations from such sources. During 2008, 2009 and much of 2010, our access to the capital markets was
impaired with respect to both short-term and long-term funding. In April 2020 we postponed our planned securitization due to the onset of the pandemic
and the effective closure of the capital markets in which our securitizations are executed. Subsequently we successfully completed securitizations in June
and September 2020, and then on a regular quarterly schedule from January 2021 through January 2024. While our access to such funding has improved
since then, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows have been from time to time in the past and may in the future be materially and
adversely affected. We require a substantial amount of cash liquidity to operate our business. Among other things, we use such cash liquidity to:

·
·
·
·
·
·
·

acquire automobile contracts;
fund overcollateralization in warehouse credit facilities and securitizations;
pay securitization fees and expenses;
fund spread accounts in connection with securitizations;
satisfy working capital requirements and pay operating expenses;
pay taxes; and
pay interest expense.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Historically we have matched our liquidity needs to our available sources of funding by reducing our acquisition of new automobile contracts, at times to

merely nominal levels. There can be no assurance that we will continue to be successful with that strategy.

Periods of Significant Losses.

From time to time throughout our history we have incurred net losses, most recently over the period beginning with the quarter ended September 30,
2008 and ending with the quarter ended September 30, 2011. We were adversely affected by the economic recession affecting the United States as a whole,
for a time by increased financing costs and decreased availability of capital to fund our purchases of automobile contracts, and by a decrease in the overall
level of sales of automobiles and light trucks. Similar periods of losses began in the quarter ended March 31, 1999 through the quarter ended December 31,
2000 and also from the quarter ended September 30, 2003 through the quarter ended March 31, 2005.

We expect to earn quarterly profits during 2024; however, there can be no assurance as to that expectation. Our expectation of profitability is a forward-
looking statement. We discuss the assumptions underlying that expectation under the caption “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in
this report. We identify important factors that could cause actual results to differ, generally in the “Risk Factors” section of this report, and also under the
caption “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” One reason for our expectation is that we have had positive net income in each of the
twelve fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, although not in every quarter within that period.

Our Results of Operations Will Depend on Our Ability to Secure and Maintain Adequate Credit and Warehouse Financing on Favorable Terms.

We depend on various financing sources, including credit facilities, our securitization program and other secured and unsecured debt issuances, to finance
our business operations. Historically, our primary sources of day-to-day liquidity have been our warehouse credit facilities, in which we sell and contribute
automobile contracts, as often as twice a week, to special-purpose subsidiaries, where they are “warehoused” until they are financed on a long-term basis
through the issuance and sale of asset-backed notes. Upon sale of the notes, funds advanced under one or more warehouse credit facilities are repaid from
the proceeds. Our current short-term funding capacity is $400 million, comprising two credit facilities, each with a maximum credit limit of $200 million.
Both warehouse credit facilities have a revolving period during which we may receive advances secured by contributed automobile contracts, followed by
an amortization period during which no further advances may be made, but prior to which outstanding advances are due and payable. See “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources – Liquidity”.

Our  access  to  financing  sources  depends  upon  our  financial  position,  general  market  conditions,  availability  of  bank  liquidity,  the  bank  regulatory
environment, our compliance with covenants imposed under our financing agreements, the credit quality of the collateral we can pledge to support secured
financings, and other factors beyond our control. If we are unable to maintain warehouse or securitization financing on acceptable terms, we might curtail
or  cease  our  purchases  of  new  automobile  contracts,  which  could  lead  to  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and
liquidity.

Our Substantial Indebtedness Could Adversely Affect Our Financial Health and Prevent Us From Fulfilling Our Obligations Under Our Existing
Indebtedness

We currently have and will continue to have a substantial amount of outstanding indebtedness. At December 31, 2023, we had approximately $2,566.5
million of debt outstanding. Such debt consisted primarily of $2,265.4 million of securitization trust debt, and also included $234.0 million of warehouse
lines  of  credit,  $49.9  million  of  residual  interest  financing  debt  and  $17.2  million  in  subordinated  renewable  notes.  Our  ability  to  make  payments  of
principal or interest on, or to refinance, our indebtedness will depend on our future operating performance, and our ability to enter into additional credit
facilities  and  securitization  transactions  as  well  as  other  debt  financings,  which,  to  a  certain  extent,  are  subject  to  economic,  financial,  competitive,
regulatory, capital markets and other factors beyond our control.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows in the future to service our debt, we may be required to refinance all or a portion of our existing debt or
to  obtain  additional  financing.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  refinancing  will  be  possible  or  that  any  additional  financing  could  be  obtained  on
acceptable  terms.  The  inability  to  service  or  refinance  our  existing  debt  or  to  obtain  additional  financing  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
financial position, liquidity and results of operations.

The degree to which we are leveraged creates risks, including:

·
·

·

·
·
·
·

we may be unable to satisfy our obligations under our outstanding indebtedness;
we  may  find  it  more  difficult  to  fund  future  credit  enhancement  requirements,  operating  costs,  tax  payments,  capital  expenditures  or
general corporate expenditures;
we may have to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash resources to payments on our outstanding indebtedness, thereby reducing the
funds available for operations and future business opportunities; and
increasing our vulnerability to adverse general economic, industry and capital markets conditions.
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and
limiting our ability to borrow additional funds.

Although  we  believe  we  are  able  to  service  and  repay  such  debt,  there  is  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  do  so.  If  we  do  not  generate  sufficient
operating  profits,  our  ability  to  make  required  payments  on  our  debt  would  be  impaired.  Failure  to  pay  our  indebtedness  when  due  would  give  rise  to
various remedies in favor of any unpaid creditors, and creditors’ exercise of such remedies could have a material adverse effect on our earnings.

Our Results of Operations Will Depend on Our Ability to Securitize Our Portfolio of Automobile Contracts.

We  depend  upon  our  ability  to  obtain  permanent  financing  for  pools  of  automobile  contracts  by  conducting  term  securitization  transactions.  By
“permanent  financing”  we  mean  financing  that  extends  to  cover  the  full  term  during  which  the  underlying  automobile  contracts  are  outstanding  and
requires  repayment  as  the  underlying  automobile  contracts  are  repaid  or  charged  off.  By  contrast,  our  warehouse  credit  facilities  permit  us  to  borrow
against the value of such receivables only for limited periods of time. Our past practice and future plan has been and is to repay loans made to us under our
warehouse credit facilities with the proceeds of securitizations. There can be no assurance that any securitization transaction will be available on terms
acceptable to us, or at all. The timing of any securitization transaction is affected by a number of factors beyond our control, any of which could cause
substantial delays, including, without limitation:

·
·
·

market conditions;
the approval by all parties of the terms of the securitization;
our ability to acquire a sufficient number of automobile contracts for securitization.

During 2008 and 2009 we observed adverse changes in the market for securitized pools of automobile contracts, which made permanent financing in the
form of securitization transactions difficult to obtain and more costly than in prior periods. These changes included reduced liquidity and reduced demand
for  asset-backed  securities,  particularly  for  securities  carrying  a  financial  guaranty  or  for  securities  backed  by  sub-prime  automobile  receivables.  We
experienced improvements in the capital markets from 2010 through 2019, during which time we completed 36 securitizations. In April 2020 we postponed
our  planned  securitization  due  to  the  onset  of  the  pandemic  and  the  effective  closure  of  the  capital  markets  in  which  our  securitizations  are  executed.
Subsequently we successfully completed securitizations in June and September 2020, and then on a regular quarterly schedule from January 2021 through
January 2024. However, if the market conditions for asset-backed securitizations should reverse, we would expect a material adverse effect on our results
of operations.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Results of Operations Will Depend on Cash Flows from Our Residual Interests in Our Securitization Program and Our Warehouse Credit
Facilities.

When we finance our automobile contracts through securitizations and warehouse credit facilities, we receive cash and retain a residual interest in the
assets  financed.  Those  financed  assets  are  owned  by  the  special-purpose  subsidiary  that  is  formed  for  the  related  securitization.  This  residual  interest
represents the right to receive the future cash flows to be generated by the automobile contracts in excess of (i) the interest and principal paid to investors or
lenders on the indebtedness issued in connection with the financing, (ii) the costs of servicing the automobile contracts and (iii) certain other costs incurred
in connection with completing and maintaining the securitization or warehouse credit facility. We sometimes refer to these future cash flows as “excess
spread cash flows.”

Under the financial structures we have used to date in our securitizations and warehouse credit facilities, excess spread cash flows that would otherwise
be paid to the holder of the residual interest are first used to increase overcollateralization or are retained in a spread account within the securitization trusts
or the warehouse facility to provide liquidity and credit enhancement for the related securities.

While the specific terms and mechanics vary among transactions, our securitization and warehousing agreements generally provide that we will receive
excess  spread  cash  flows  only  if  the  amount  of  overcollateralization  and  spread  account  balances  have  reached  specified  levels  and/or  the  delinquency,
defaults  or  net  losses  related  to  the  automobile  contracts  in  the  automobile  contract  pools  are  below  certain  predetermined  levels.  In  the  event
delinquencies, defaults or net losses on automobile contracts exceed these levels, the terms of the securitization or warehouse credit facility:

·

·

may  require  increased  credit  enhancement,  including  an  increase  in  the  amount  required  to  be  on  deposit  in  the  spread  account  to  be
accumulated for the particular pool; and

in certain circumstances, may permit affected parties to require the transfer of servicing on some or all of the securitized or warehoused
contracts from us to an unaffiliated servicer.

We typically retain residual interests or use them as collateral to borrow cash. In any case, the future excess spread cash flow received in respect of the
residual interests is integral to the financing of our operations. The amount of cash received from residual interests depends in large part on how well our
portfolio  of  securitized  and  warehoused  automobile  contracts  performs.  If  our  portfolio  of  securitized  and  warehoused  automobile  contracts  has  higher
delinquency and loss ratios than expected, then the amount of money realized from our retained residual interests, or the amount of money we could obtain
from the sale or other financing of our residual interests, would be reduced. Such a reduction, if it should occur, could have material adverse effects on our
future results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our Results of Operations May be Affected by Changing Economic Conditions

We are subject to changes in general economic conditions that are beyond our control. During periods of economic slowdown or recession, delinquencies,
defaults,  repossessions  and  losses  generally  increase.  These  periods  also  may  be  accompanied  by  increased  unemployment  rates,  inflation,  decreased
demand for automobiles and declining values of automobiles securing outstanding receivables, which weakens collateral values and increases the amount
of a loss in the event of default. Additionally, higher gasoline prices, declining stock market values, unstable real estate values, increasing unemployment
levels,  general  availability  of  consumer  credit,  changes  in  vehicle  ownership  trends  and  other  factors  that  impact  consumer  confidence  or  disposable
income  could  increase  loss  frequency  and  decrease  demand  for  automobiles  as  well  as  weaken  collateral  values  on  certain  types  of  automobiles.  In
addition, during an economic slowdown or recession, our servicing costs may increase without a corresponding increase in our revenue. No assurance can
be  given  that  the  underwriting  criteria  and  collection  methods  we  employ  will  afford  adequate  protection  against  these  risks.  Any  sustained  period  of
increased  delinquencies,  defaults,  repossessions  or  losses  or  increased  servicing  costs  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  position,  liquidity,  results  of
operation and our ability to enter into future financing transactions.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We sell repossessed automobiles at wholesale auction markets located throughout the United States. Depressed wholesale prices for used automobiles
may result in, or increase, a loss upon our disposition of repossessed vehicles and we may be unable to collect the resulting deficiency balances. Depressed
wholesale  prices  for  used  automobiles  may  result  from  manufacturer  incentives  or  discounts  on  new  vehicles,  financial  difficulties  of  new  vehicle
manufacturers,  discontinuance  of  vehicle  brands  and  models,  increased  used  vehicle  inventory  resulting  from  significant  liquidations  of  rental  or  fleet
inventories and increased trade-ins due to promotional programs offered by new vehicle manufacturers. Additionally, higher gasoline prices may decrease
the wholesale auction values of certain types of vehicles. Decreased auction proceeds resulting from the depressed prices at which used automobiles may
be sold during periods of economic slowdown or low retail demand could result in higher losses for us. Further, we are dependent on the efficient operation
of the wholesale auction markets. If the operations of the wholesale auction markets are disrupted, we may be unable to sell our used vehicles at sufficient
volume and/or pricing.

The number of delinquencies, defaults, losses and repossessions on sub-prime automobile receivables has historically been significantly influenced by the
employment status of obligors on automobile loan contracts. Any general weakness in the economy may affect sub-prime obligors more strongly than the
population as a whole.

Furthermore, the global financial markets have at times experienced increased volatility due to uncertainty surrounding the level and sustainability of the
sovereign  debt  of  various  countries.  Concerns  regarding  sovereign  debt  may  spread  to  other  countries  at  any  time.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  this
uncertainty relating to the sovereign debt of various countries will not lead to further disruption of the financial and credit markets in the United States,
which could adversely affect our financial position, liquidity, results of operation and our ability to enter into future financing transactions.

A  deterioration  in  economic  conditions  and  certain  economic  factors,  such  as  reduced  business  activity,  high  unemployment,  interest  rates,  housing
prices, energy prices (including the price of gasoline), increased consumer indebtedness (including of obligors on the receivables), lack of available credit,
the rate of inflation (such as the recent increase in inflation) and consumer perceptions of the economy, as well as other factors, such as terrorist events,
civil  unrest,  cyber-attacks,  public  health  emergencies,  extreme  weather  conditions  or  significant  changes  in  the  geopolitical  environment  (such  as  the
ongoing military conflict between Ukraine and Russia and the conflict in Israel) and/or public policy, including increased state, local or federal taxation,
could adversely affect the ability and willingness of obligors to meet their payment obligations under the receivables we originate. Our operating results
could be adversely affected if obligors are unable to make timely payments on their receivables.

The  above  described  negative  economic  factors,  as  well  as  others,  have  also  historically  resulted  in  decreased  consumer  demand  for  motor  vehicles,
which may result in an increase in the inventory of used motor vehicles and depress the price at which repossessed motor vehicles may be sold or delay the
timing  of  those  sales.  If  the  default  rate  on  our  receivables  increases  and  the  price  at  which  the  vehicles  may  be  sold  at  auction  declines,  our  financial
position, liquidity, results of operation and our ability to enter into future financing transactions may be adversely affected.

If Interest Rates Rise, Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired.

Our principal means of financing our portfolio of automobile contracts is to issue asset-backed notes in securitizations. The interest payable on such notes

is our largest expense. Although such expense is fixed with respect to issued securitization trust debt, the terms of future securitizations may vary.

The credit spread between the interest rates payable on our securitization trust debt and the rates payable on risk-free investments has varied. The Federal
Reserve increased interest rates multiple times in 2022 and 2023. As a result, we have experienced increased interest expense in 2023. If interest rates on
risk-free debt continue to increase, or if our spread above risk-free rates continue to increase, or both, we would expect a continued increase in interest
expense. If interest rates in general should continue to rise, our expenses would likewise continue rise, which could have a material adverse effect on our
financial position, liquidity, results of operation and our ability to enter into future financing transactions.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If We Are Unable to Compete Successfully with our Competitors, Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired.

The  automobile  financing  business  is  highly  competitive.  We  compete  with  a  number  of  national,  regional  and  local  finance  companies.  In  addition,
competitors or potential competitors include other types of financial services companies, such as commercial banks, savings and loan associations, leasing
companies, credit unions providing retail loan financing and lease financing for new and used vehicles and captive finance companies affiliated with major
automobile manufacturers, such as Ford Motor Credit Company, LLC and General Motors Financial Company, Inc. Many of our competitors and potential
competitors possess substantially greater financial, sales, technical, personnel and other resources than we do, including greater access to capital markets
for unsecured commercial paper and investment grade rated debt instruments, and to other funding sources which may be unavailable to us. Moreover, our
future profitability will be directly related to the availability and cost of our capital relative to that of our competitors. Many of these companies also have
long-standing relationships with automobile dealers and may provide other financing to dealers, including floor plan financing for the dealers’ purchases of
automobiles from manufacturers, which we do not offer. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to compete successfully and, as a result,
we may not be able to purchase automobile contracts from dealers at a price acceptable to us, which could result in reductions in our revenues or the cash
flows available to us.

If Our Dealers Do Not Submit a Sufficient Number of Suitable Automobile Contracts to Us for Purchase, Our Results of Operations May Be
Impaired.

We are dependent upon establishing and maintaining relationships with a large number of unaffiliated automobile dealers to supply us with automobile
contracts. During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, no single dealer accounted for as much as 2% of the automobile contracts we purchased.
The agreements we have with dealers to purchase automobile contracts do not require dealers to submit a minimum number of automobile contracts for
purchase. The failure of dealers to submit automobile contracts that meet our underwriting criteria could result in reductions in our revenues or the cash
flows available to us, and, therefore, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

If a Significant Number of Our Automobile Contracts Experience Defaults, Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired.

We specialize in the purchase and servicing of automobile contracts to finance automobile purchases by sub-prime customers, those who have limited
credit history, low income, or past credit problems. Such automobile contracts entail a higher risk of non-performance, higher delinquencies and higher
losses than automobile contracts with more creditworthy customers. While we believe that our pricing of the automobile contracts and the underwriting
criteria and collection methods we employ enable us to control, to a degree, the higher risks inherent in automobile contracts with sub-prime customers, no
assurance can be given that such pricing, criteria and methods will afford adequate protection against such risks.

If automobile contracts that we purchase and hold experience defaults to a greater extent than we have anticipated, this could materially and adversely
affect our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and liquidity. Our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and liquidity, depend,
to a material extent, on the performance of automobile contracts that we purchase, warehouse and securitize. A portion of the automobile contracts that we
acquire  will  default  or  prepay.  In  the  event  of  payment  default,  the  collateral  value  of  the  vehicle  securing  an  automobile  contract  realized  by  us  in  a
repossession will generally not cover the outstanding principal balance on that automobile contract and the related costs of recovery.

For our receivables originated prior to January 2018, we maintain an allowance for credit losses on automobile contracts held on our balance sheet, which
reflects  our  estimates  of  probable  credit  losses  that  can  be  reasonably  estimated..  If  the  allowance  is  inadequate,  then  we  would  recognize  the  losses  in
excess of the allowance as an expense and our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Receivables originated since January 2018 are recorded at fair value and incorporate estimates include the timing and severity of future credit losses. If
actual  credit  losses  were  to  exceed  our  estimates,  we  might  be  required  to  change  our  estimates,  which  could  result  in  a  fair  value  adjustment  to  those
receivables or reduced interest income for those receivables in subsequent periods.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, under the terms of our warehouse credit facilities, we are not able to borrow against defaulted automobile contracts, including automobile
contracts that are, at the time of default, funded under our warehouse credit facilities, which will reduce the overcollateralization of those warehouse credit
facilities and possibly reduce the amount of cash flows available to us.

If We Lose Servicing Rights on Our Portfolio of Automobile Contracts, Our Results of Operations Would Be Impaired.

We are entitled to receive servicing fees only while we act as servicer under the applicable sale and servicing agreements governing our warehouse credit

facilities and securitizations. Under such agreements, we may be terminated as servicer upon the occurrence of certain events, including:

·
·
·

our failure generally to observe and perform our responsibilities and other covenants;
certain bankruptcy events; or
the occurrence of certain events of default under the documents governing the facilities.

The  loss  of  our  servicing  rights  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition  and  cash  flows.  Our  results  of
operations, financial condition and cash flow, would be materially and adversely affected if we were to be terminated as servicer with respect to a material
portion of our managed portfolio.

If We Lose Key Personnel, Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired.

Our senior management team averages over 20 years of service with us. Our future operating results depend in significant part upon the continued service
of our key senior management personnel, none of whom is bound by an employment agreement. Our future operating results also depend in part upon our
ability to attract and retain qualified management, technical, sales and support personnel for our operations. Competition for such personnel is intense. We
cannot assure you that we will be successful in attracting or retaining such personnel. Conversely, adverse general economic conditions may have had a
countervailing effect. The loss of any key employee, the failure of any key employee to perform in his or her current position or our inability to attract and
retain skilled employees, as needed, could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

If We Fail to Comply with Regulations, Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired.

Failure to materially comply with all laws and regulations applicable to us could materially and adversely affect our ability to operate our business. Our

business is subject to numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations, which, among other things:

·
·
·
·
·
·

require us to obtain and maintain certain licenses and qualifications;
limit the interest rates, fees and other charges we are allowed to charge;
limit or prescribe certain other terms of our automobile contracts;
require specific disclosures to our customers;
define our rights to repossess and sell collateral; and
maintain safeguards designed to protect the security and confidentiality of customer information.

Our industry is also at times investigated by regulators and offices of state attorneys general, which could lead to enforcement actions, fines and penalties,
or  the  assertion  of  private  claims  and  lawsuits  against  us.  The  Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  (“CFPB”)  and  the  Federal  Trade  Commission
(“FTC”)  have  the  authority  to  investigate  consumer  complaints  against  us,  to  conduct  inquiries  at  their  own  instance,  and  to  recommend  enforcement
actions and seek monetary penalties. The FTC has conducted and concluded an inquiry into our practices, and proposed remedial action against us in 2014,
to which we consented. The CFPB has adopted regulations that place us and other companies similar to us under its supervision. A host of state and local
governmental  agencies  have  jurisdiction  over  material  portions  of  our  business,  and  might  take  action  adverse  to  us.  No  assurance  can  be  given  as  to
whether any of such hypothetical proceedings might materially and adversely affect us.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, such failure could result in penalties, litigation losses and expenses, damage to our reputation,
or the suspension or termination of our licenses to conduct business, which would materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition
and stock price. In addition, new federal and state laws or regulations or changes in the ways that existing rules or laws are interpreted or enforced could
limit our activities in the future or significantly increase the cost of compliance. Furthermore, judges or regulatory bodies could interpret current rules or
laws differently than the way we do, leading to such adverse consequences as described above. The resolution of such matters may require considerable
time and expense, and if not resolved in our favor, may result in fines or damages, and possibly an adverse effect on our financial condition.

We believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with all such laws and regulations, and that such laws and regulations have had no material

adverse effect on our ability to operate our business. However, we may be materially and adversely affected if we fail to comply with:

·
·
·
·

applicable laws and regulations;
changes in existing laws or regulations;
changes in the interpretation of existing laws or regulations; or
any additional laws or regulations that may be enacted in the future.

Changes in Law and Regulations May Have an Adverse Effect on Our Business.

Existing law, regulations and interpretations may change in ways that increase our costs of compliance.

In  addition  to  direct  costs,  such  compliance  requires  forms,  processes,  procedures,  controls  and  in  the  infrastructure  to  support  these  requirements.
Compliance may create operational constraints and place limits on pricing. Laws in the financial services industry are designed primarily for the protection
of consumers. The failure to comply could result in significant statutory civil and criminal penalties, monetary damages, attorneys’ fees and costs, possible
revocation of licenses and damage to reputation, brand and valued customer relationships.

At this time, it is difficult to predict the extent to which new regulations or amendments will affect our business. However, compliance with these new
laws and regulations may result in additional cost and expenses, which may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. For
example,  as  governments,  investors  and  other  stakeholders  face  pressures  to  accelerate  actions  to  address  climate  change  and  other  environmental,
governance and social topics, governments may implement regulations or investors and other stakeholders may adopt new investment policies or otherwise
impose new expectations that cause significant shifts in disclosure, commerce and consumption behaviors, any or all of which may have negative effects on
our business and/or reputation.

Risk Retention Rules May Limit Our Liquidity and Increase Our Capital Requirements.

Securitizations of automobile receivables executed after December 2016 have been and will be subject to risk retention requirements, which generally
require that sponsors of asset-backed securities (ABS), such as us, retain not less than five percent of the credit risk of the assets collateralizing the ABS
issuance. The rule also sets forth prohibitions on transferring or hedging the credit risk that the sponsor is required to retain. Similar but not identical risk
retention  requirements  are  applicable  after  December  2018  to  securitization  transactions  where  purchasers  of  the ABS  have  sufficient  contacts  with  the
European Union. Because the rules place an upper limit on the degree to which we may use financial leverage, our securitization structures may require
more capital of us, or may release less cash to us, than might be the case in the absence of such rules.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If We Experience Unfavorable Litigation Results, Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired.

We  operate  in  a  litigious  society  and  currently  are,  and  may  in  the  future  be,  named  as  defendants  in  litigation,  including  individual  and  class  action
lawsuits under consumer credit, consumer protection, theft, privacy, data security, automated dialing equipment, debt collections and other laws. Many of
these cases present novel issues on which there is no clear legal precedent, which increases the difficulty in predicting both the potential outcomes and
costs of defending these cases. We are subject to regulatory examinations, investigations, inquiries, litigation, and other actions by licensing authorities,
state attorneys general, the FTC, the CFPB and other governmental bodies relating to our activities. The litigation and regulatory actions to which we are or
may become subject involve or may involve potential compensatory or punitive damage claims, fines, sanctions or injunctive relief that, if granted, could
require us to pay damages or make other expenditures in amounts that could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and our results of
operations. We have recorded loss contingencies in our financial statements only for matters on which losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated.
Our  assessments  of  these  matters  involve  significant  judgments,  and  may  change  from  time  to  time.  Actual  losses  incurred  by  us  in  connection  with
judgments  or  settlements  of  these  matters  may  be  more  than  our  associated  reserves.  Furthermore,  defending  lawsuits  and  responding  to  governmental
inquiries or investigations, regardless of their merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention from the operation of our business. Unfavorable
outcomes in any such current or future proceedings could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial conditions and cash flows. As
a consumer finance company, we are subject to various consumer claims and litigation seeking damages and statutory penalties based upon, among other
things, disclosure inaccuracies and wrongful repossession, which could take the form of a plaintiff’s class action complaint. We, as the assignee of finance
contracts originated by dealers, may also be named as a co-defendant in lawsuits filed by consumers principally against dealers. We are also subject to other
litigation common to the automobile industry and to businesses in general. The damages and penalties claimed by consumers and others in these types of
matters can be substantial. The relief requested by the plaintiffs varies but includes requests for compensatory, statutory and punitive damages.

While we intend to vigorously defend ourselves against such proceedings, there is a chance that our results of operations, financial condition and cash

flows could be materially and adversely affected by unfavorable outcomes.

Negative Publicity Associated with Litigation, Governmental Investigations, Regulatory Actions, and other Public Statements Could Damage Our
Reputation.

From  time  to  time  there  are  negative  news  stories  about  the  “sub-prime”  credit  industry.  Such  stories  may  follow  the  announcements  of  litigation  or
regulatory  actions  involving  us  or  others  in  our  industry.  Negative  publicity  about  our  alleged  or  actual  practices  or  about  our  industry  generally  could
adversely affect our stock price and our ability to retain and attract employees, which could in turn negatively affect our results of operations or cashflows.

If We Experience Problems with Our Originations, Accounting or Collection Systems, Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired.

We are dependent on our receivables originations, accounting and collection systems to service our portfolio of automobile contracts. Such systems are
vulnerable to damage or interruption from natural disasters, power loss, telecommunication failures, terrorist attacks, computer viruses and other events. A
significant number of our systems are not redundant, and our disaster recovery planning is not sufficient for every eventuality. Our systems are also subject
to break-ins, sabotage and intentional acts of vandalism by internal employees and contractors as well as third parties. Despite any precautions we may
take,  such  problems  could  result  in  interruptions  in  our  services,  which  could  harm  our  reputation  and  financial  condition.  We  do  not  carry  business
interruption insurance sufficient to compensate us for losses that may result from interruptions in our service as a result of system failures. Such systems
problems could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial conditions and cash flows.

A Breach in the Security of Our Systems Could Result in the Disclosure of Confidential Information, Subject us to Liability.

We hold in our systems confidential financial and other personal data with respect to our customers, which may be of value to identity thieves and others
if revealed. Although we endeavor to protect the security of our computer systems and the confidentiality of customer information entrusted to us, there can
be no assurance that our security measures will provide adequate security.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
It is possible that we may not be able to anticipate, detect or recognize threats to our systems or to implement effective preventive measures against all
security breaches, especially because the techniques used change frequently or are not recognized until launched, and because cyberattacks can originate
from a wide variety of sources, including third parties outside the Company such as persons who are associated with external service providers or who are
or may be involved in organized crime or linked to terrorist organizations.

Such persons may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to

our data or that of our customers.

These risks may increase in the future as we continue to increase our mobile-payment and other internet-based product offerings and expands our use of

web or cloud-based products and applications.

A  successful  penetration  of  the  security  of  our  systems  could  cause  serious  negative  consequences,  including  disruption  of  our  operations,
misappropriation of confidential information, or damage to our computers or systems, and could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws,
financial loss to us or to our customers, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation exposure and harm to our reputation, any or all of which could have a
material adverse effect on us.

Because We Are Subject to Many Restrictions in Our Existing Credit Facilities and Securitization Transactions, Our Ability to Pay Dividends or
Engage in Specified Transactions May Be Impaired.

The terms of our existing credit facilities, term securitizations and our other outstanding debt impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us
and  our  subsidiaries  and  require  us  to  meet  certain  financial  tests.  These  restrictions  may  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business  activities,  results  of
operations  and  financial  condition.  These  restrictions  may  also  significantly  limit  or  prohibit  us  from  engaging  in  certain  transactions,  including  the
following:

·
·
·

·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·

incurring or guaranteeing additional indebtedness;
making capital expenditures in excess of agreed upon amounts;
paying  dividends  or  other  distributions  to  our  shareholders  or  redeeming,  repurchasing  or  retiring  our  capital  stock  or  subordinated
obligations;
making investments;
creating or permitting liens on our assets or the assets of our subsidiaries;
issuing or selling capital stock of our subsidiaries;
transferring or selling our assets;
engaging in mergers or consolidations;
permitting a change of control of our company;
liquidating, winding up or dissolving our company;
changing our name or the nature of our business, or the names or nature of the business of our subsidiaries; and
engaging in transactions with our affiliates outside the normal course of business.

These restrictions may limit our ability to obtain additional sources of capital, which may limit our ability to generate earnings. In addition, the failure to
comply with any of the covenants of one or more of our debt agreements could cause a default under other debt agreements that may be outstanding from
time to time. A default, if not waived, could result in acceleration of the related indebtedness, in which case such debt would become immediately due and
payable. A continuing default or acceleration of one or more of our credit facilities or any other debt agreement, would likely cause a default under other
debt agreements that otherwise would not be in default, in which case all such related indebtedness could be accelerated. If this occurs, we may not be able
to  repay  our  debt  or  borrow  sufficient  funds  to  refinance  our  indebtedness.  Even  if  any  new  financing  is  available,  it  may  not  be  on  terms  that  are
acceptable to us or it may not be sufficient to refinance all of our indebtedness as it becomes due.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, the transaction documents for our securitizations restrict our securitization subsidiaries from declaring or making payment to us of (i) any
dividend or other distribution on or in respect of any shares of their capital stock, or (ii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or
acquisition of any option, warrant or other right to acquire shares of their capital stock unless (in each case) at the time of such declaration or payment (and
after giving effect thereto) no amount payable under any transaction document with respect to the related securitization is then due and owing, but unpaid.
These restrictions may limit our ability to receive distributions in respect of the residual interests from our securitization facilities, which may limit our
ability to generate earnings.

Risks Related to Fair Value Accounting

Receivables we’ve acquired since January 1, 2018 are accounted for based on the fair value method of accounting. The risks described below are risks

related to fair value accounting.

If Actual Results for Our Receivables Materially Deviate from Our Estimates, We May Be Required to Reduce the Interest Income We Recognize
for Some or All of the Receivables Measured at Fair Value.

We recognize interest income on receivables accounted under fair value based on a level yield internal rate of return that we calculate based the terms of
the receivables and our estimates at the time of acquisition of the future performance of those receivables. Such estimates include the timing and severity of
future credit losses and the rates of amortization and of prepayments. If actual credit losses were to exceed our estimates, or if the actual amortization and
prepayments of the receivables were to be materially different from our estimates, we might be required to change our estimates, which could result in a
reduced interest income for those receivables in subsequent periods.

If Actual Results for Our Receivables Materially Deviate from Our Estimates, We May Be Required to Reduce the Recorded Value for Some or
All of the Receivables Measured at Fair Value.

We re-evaluate the recorded value of receivables measured at fair value at the close of each quarter. If the re-evaluation were to yield a value materially
different  from  the  previous  recorded  value,  an  adjustment  would  be  required.  If  actual  credit  losses  were  to  exceed  our  estimates,  or  if  the  actual
amortization and prepayments of the receivables were to be materially different from our estimates, we might be required to adjust the recorded value of
such receivables. A downward readjustment in recorded value would correspondingly reduce our income and book value for and as of the end of the related
quarter.

If  Actual  Market  Conditions  Indicate  That  the  Amount  a  Market  Participant  Would  Pay  for  Our  Receivables  is  Materially  Lower  Than  Our
Recorded Value, We May Be Required to Reduce the Recorded Value for Some or All of the Receivables Measured at Fair Value.

The fair value of an asset is, by definition, the exchange price in an orderly transaction between market participants. Receivables such as ours are not
regularly  traded  on  exchanges  where  we  can  observe  prices  for  exchanges  of  similar  assets.  We  may  therefore  rely  on  estimates  of  what  a  market
participant would pay for our receivables. If such estimated value were to be materially different from our recorded value, we might be required to adjust
the recorded value of our receivables. A downward readjustment in recorded value would correspondingly reduce our income and book value.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We May Have Rescission Liability in Connection With Sales of Our Subordinated Renewable Notes to Certain Purchasers.

We filed a registration statement on Form S-3 with respect to various securities, including our renewable unsecured subordinated notes, on May 28, 2015,
and  filed  amendments  to  the  registration  statement  on  June  26,  2015,  and  July  27,  2015  (such  registration  statement,  as  so  amended,  the  “Former
Registration  Statement”).  The  Former  Registration  Statement  was  declared  effective  on  August  26,  2015  (the  “Former  Registration  Statement  Effective
Date”). Rule 415(a)(5) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), provides that a shelf registration statement such as the Former
Registration Statement expires three years after the official effective date. The Former Registration Statement expired on August 26, 2018; however, the
Company continued to conduct offers and sales and renewals after that date. Additionally, with respect to the Former Registration Statement, the Company
failed to file certain prospectus supplements relating to certain sales. Lastly, offers and sales of Renewable Notes and renewals of outstanding notes were
made for amounts beyond the amount of securities covered by the registration statement. These activities may result in certain of these purchasers having a
statutory right to rescind their purchases. As a result, we could be required to repurchase some or all of such notes at the original sale price plus statutory
interest, less the amount of any income received by the purchasers. As of March 1, 2024, there were approximately $3 million of such notes outstanding
and sold within the preceding twelve months. That figure includes renewals of previously sold notes, but excludes notes that we have repaid, and excludes
notes that we sold or renewed pursuant to the registration statement filed in on June 15, 2023, subsequently amended on August 7, 2023 and November 20,
2023, and declared effective on November 30, 2023.

Our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected if a substantial number of purchasers of such
notes  were  to  successfully  assert  rescission  rights  or  if  we  were  to  be  assessed  substantial  penalties  by  regulatory  authorities.  If  holders  of  sufficient
amounts of such notes were to demand rescission and to prevail in that demand, the adverse effect on our liquidity could be material, which could in turn
impair our ability to conduct our business as otherwise planned.

Risks Related to General Factors

If The Economy of All or Certain Regions of the United States Falls into Recession, Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired.

Our  business  is  directly  related  to  sales  of  new  and  used  automobiles,  which  are  sensitive  to  employment  rates,  prevailing  interest  rates  and  other
domestic economic conditions. Delinquencies, repossessions and losses generally increase during economic slowdowns or recessions. Because of our focus
on sub-prime customers, the actual rates of delinquencies, repossessions and losses on our automobile contracts could be higher under adverse economic
conditions than those experienced in the automobile finance industry in general, particularly in the states of California, Texas, Ohio, Illinois and Florida,
states in which our automobile contracts are geographically concentrated. Any sustained period of economic slowdown or recession could adversely affect
our ability to acquire suitable automobile contracts, or to securitize pools of such automobile contracts. The timing of any economic changes is uncertain,
and weakness in the economy could have an adverse effect on our business and that of the dealers from which we purchase automobile contracts and result
in reductions in our revenues or the cash flows available to us.

A Pandemic or Other Public Health Emergency Could Have Adverse Effects

The  extent  to  which  obligors  on  our  automobile  contracts  may  be  adversely  affected  by  a  pandemic  or  other  public  health  emergency,  by  loss  of
employment, and by related efforts of governments to slow the spread of a disease outbreak throughout the nation and world cannot be predicted. These
occurrences could have a material adverse effect on the ability of obligors to make timely payments to us.

Finally, and depending on the extent to which a pandemic or other public health emergency adversely affects the United States economy, it may also have
the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those related to our business or operations, the ability or
willingness of our customers to make timely payments, and risks of geographic concentrations.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired as a Result of Natural Disasters.

Our  automobile  contracts  are  geographically  concentrated  in  the  states  of  California  and  Texas.  Such  states  may  be  particularly  susceptible  to  natural
disasters:  earthquake  in  the  case  of  California,  and  hurricanes  and  flooding  in  Texas.  Natural  disasters,  in  those  states  or  others,  could  cause  a  material
number of our vehicle purchasers to lose their jobs, or could damage or destroy vehicles that secure our automobile contracts. In either case, such events
could result in our receiving reduced collections on our automobile contracts, and could thus result in reductions in our revenues or the cash flows available
to us.

Effect of Social, Economic and Other Factors on Losses.

The ability of our customers to make payments on automobile contracts will be affected by a variety of social and economic factors, most notably the
extent to which our customers remain gainfully employed. Other economic factors include interest rates, general unemployment levels, the rate of inflation,
adjustments  in  monthly  mortgage  payments  and  consumer  perceptions  of  economic  conditions  generally  and  the  effect  of  any  government  stimulus
programs  and  consumer  protection/payment  relief  efforts.  Social  factors  include  changes  in  consumer  confidence  levels,  consumer  attitudes  toward
bankruptcy and the repayment of indebtedness and consumer perceptions of political events and shifts, which may be affected by the pandemic. We are
generally unable to determine whether or to what extent economic or social factors will affect the performance of our portfolio of automobile contracts, but
caution  that  a  recession  or  depression  in  local,  regional  or  national  economies  would  be  expected  to  increase  delinquencies  and  losses,  which  would
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

If an Increase in Interest Rates Results in a Decrease in Our Cash Flows from Excess Spread, Our Results of Operations May Be Impaired.

Our profitability is largely determined by the difference, or “spread,” between the effective interest rate we receive on the automobile contracts that we
acquire  and  the  interest  rates  payable  under  warehouse  credit  facilities  and  on  the  asset-backed  securities  issued  in  our  securitizations.  In  the  past,
disruptions  in  the  market  for  asset-backed  securities  resulted  in  an  increase  in  the  interest  rates  we  paid  on  asset-backed  securities.  Should  similar
disruptions  take  place  in  the  future,  we  may  pay  higher  interest  rates  on  asset-backed  securities  issued  in  the  future.  Although  we  have  the  ability  to
partially  offset  increases  in  our  cost  of  funds  by  increasing  fees  we  charge  to  dealers  when  purchasing  automobile  contracts,  or  by  demanding  higher
interest rates on automobile contracts we purchase, there is no assurance that such actions will materially offset increases in interest we pay to finance our
managed portfolio. As a result, an increase in prevailing interest rates could cause us to receive less excess spread cash flows on automobile contracts, and
thus could adversely affect our earnings and cash flows. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk - Interest Rate Risk.”

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Our Common Stock Is Thinly-Traded.

Our stock is thinly-traded, which means investors will have limited opportunities to sell their shares of common stock in the open market. Limited trading
of our common stock also contributes to more volatile price fluctuations. Because there historically has been low trading volume in our common stock,
there can be no assurance that our stock price will not decline as additional shares are sold in the public market. As of December 31, 2023, our directors
and executive officers collectively owned 13.2 million shares of our common stock, or approximately 62%.

We Do Not Intend to Pay Dividends on Our Common Stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any

dividends in the foreseeable future.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 1C. Cybersecurity

Risk Management and Strategy

Our  information  security  policies  and  processes  are  designed  to  assess,  identify,  and  manage  material  risks  from  cybersecurity  threats,  including
protecting  the  security  and  confidentiality  of  consumer  information.  We  use  various  tools  and  strategies  to  identify  and  assess  material  risks  from
cybersecurity  threats.  We  conduct  ongoing  cybersecurity  gap  analysis  and  risks  assessments,  vulnerability  testing,  and  penetration  testing.  The
cybersecurity  risk  assessments,  vulnerability  testing,  and  penetration  testing  are  designed  to  identify  internal  and  external  risks  to  the  security  of  our
information systems.

We also actively monitor our systems and connections for abnormal activity, including malicious phishing attempts. This includes the use of intrusion
detection systems, log analysis, and real-time monitoring of critical systems. We have an incident reporting portal available to all employees to submit any
issues they suspect may pose a risk to our information technology (“IT”) systems and security.

We  use  the  results  of  the  above-described  tools  and  strategies  to  assess  the  sufficiency  of  the  safeguards  in  place  to  manage  material  risks  from
cybersecurity threats, to enhance such safeguards, or implement new safeguards, as necessary. We have several safeguards in place to manage material risks
from  cybersecurity  threats.  We  have  security  awareness  training  for  our  employees,  including  ongoing  simulated  phishing  email  campaigns.  We  utilize
firewalls,  anti-virus  software,  encryption  on  stored  data  and  communication  channels,  secure  web  portals  for  remote  access  to  our  systems,  password
security, and two-factor authentication. We continuously update our software and security patches. We restrict inbound email attachments, certain websites,
and cloud-based drives. We monitor and restrict information transfers to and from unauthorized IP addresses. We also have physical security safeguards for
our locations and data centers. We back up our systems and data regularly. In addition, we have a disaster recovery program designed to help us quickly
respond to and recover from an interruption of critical IT services.

As part of our overall risk management processes, we engage in a multi-departmental strategy to assess and incorporate the above processes and involve
other  departments  as  needed,  including  IT,  Systems,  Risk  Management,  and  Legal.  We  engage  assessors,  consultants,  auditors,  or  other  third  parties  to
assist with some of the processes above, including conducting risk and gap assessments, IT audits and consulting, system monitoring, vulnerability testing,
and penetration testing. To oversee and identify material cybersecurity risks associated with our use of third-party service providers, we limit data access
for third-party service providers to only the data that is necessary for the given function and conduct due diligence on our service providers including their
information security practices. We require our service providers to maintain appropriate safeguards for the security of consumer information.

We  cannot  assure  that  our  information  security  policies  and  processes  will  be  effective  in  protecting  us  from  cybersecurity  threats.  Risks  from
cybersecurity threats have not materially affected us. However, if we experience a material cybersecurity incident it is reasonably likely to materially affect
us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. For more information, please see Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Report,
including the risk factors titled “If We Experience Problems with Our Originations, Accounting or Collection Systems, Our Results of Operations May Be
Impaired” and “A Breach in the Security of Our Systems Could Result in the Disclosure of Confidential Information, or Subject us to Liability.”

Governance

The Senior Vice President of Systems and the Vice President of IT are responsible for assessing and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats
through the implementation of the Company’s information security policies and processes. The Senior Vice President of Systems has over 20 years in IT
and cybersecurity experience with the Company. The Vice of President IT has over 15 years in IT and cybersecurity experience with the Company and has
earned  industry  certifications  in  IT.  The  Senior  Vice  President  of  Systems  and  the  Vice  President  of  IT  report  to  the  Executive  Vice  President  of  Risk,
Systems, and IT.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Senior Vice President of Systems and the Vice President of IT work directly with the internal and external IT personnel to implement our information
security  policies  and  processes,  including  those  described  in  the  “Risk  Management  and  Strategy”  above.  They  are  informed  about  and  monitor  the
prevention, detection, mitigation, and remediation or prevention of cybersecurity incidents through those processes. They regularly report on the status of
these matters to the Executive Vice President of Risk, Systems, and IT.

The  Board,  as  a  whole,  is  responsible  for  risk  oversight,  including  cybersecurity  risk.  As  part  of  this  oversight,  the  Executive  Vice  President  of  Risk,

Systems, and IT reports to the Board annually on the status of and developments in the Company’s information security policies and processes.

Item 2. Properties

Our principal executive offices are located in Las Vegas, Nevada, where we currently lease approximately 45,000 square feet of general office space from

an unaffiliated lessor. The annual base rent is approximately $1.8 million through 2023.

Our operating headquarters are located in Irvine, California, where we currently lease approximately 69,000 square feet of general office space from an

unaffiliated lessor. The annual base rent is approximately $2.5 million through 2024.

The remaining three regional servicing centers occupy a total of approximately 65,000 square feet of leased space in Chesapeake, Virginia; Maitland,
Florida; and Oak Brook, Illinois. The termination dates of such leases range from 2025 to 2031. The annual base rent for these facilities total approximately
$1.4 million.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Consumer Litigation. We are routinely involved in various legal proceedings resulting from our consumer finance activities and practices, both continuing
and discontinued. Consumers can and do initiate lawsuits against us alleging violations of law applicable to collection of receivables, and such lawsuits
sometimes  allege  that  resolution  as  a  class  action  is  appropriate.  For  the  most  part,  we  have  legal  and  factual  defenses  to  consumer  claims,  which  we
routinely contest or settle (for immaterial amounts) depending on the particular circumstances of each case.

Following  our  filing  of  a  complaint  for  a  deficiency  judgment  in  the  Superior  Court  at  Waterbury,  Connecticut,  the  defendant  filed  a  cross-claim  on
October  16,  2019  alleging  that  our  deficiency  notices  were  not  compliant  with  Connecticut  law,  and  seeking  relief  on  behalf  of  a  class  of  Connecticut
obligors whose vehicles we had repossessed. The complaint seeks primarily damages, injunctive relief, waiver of contract deficiencies, and attorney fees
and  interest.  The  defendant’s  contract  provided  for  resolution  of  disputes  exclusively  by  arbitration,  and  exclusively  on  an  individual  basis,  not  a  class
basis. Nevertheless, in August 2021, the court denied our motion to compel arbitration, without opinion. In April 2022, a motion for certification of a class
was filed but has not been ruled upon. It is reasonable to expect that resolution of these claims will be on a class basis.

Wage and Hour Claim. On September 24, 2018, a former employee filed a lawsuit against us in the Superior Court of Orange County, California, alleging
that  we  incorrectly  classified  our  sales  representatives  as  outside  salespersons  exempt  from  overtime  wages,  mandatory  break  periods  and  certain  other
employee protective provisions of California and federal law. The complaint seeks injunctive relief, an award of unpaid wages, liquidated damages, and
attorney  fees  and  interest.  The  plaintiff  purports  to  act  on  behalf  of  a  class  of  similarly  situated  employees  and  ex-employees.  We  believe  that  our
compensation practices with respect to our sales representatives are compliant with applicable law. In August 2023, the parties settled by agreement the
claims of the plaintiff and a California settlement class for $1.1 million and the settlement remains subject to final court approval.

Massachusetts Civil Investigative Demand. In September 2021, we received a civil investigative demand from the Office of the Attorney General of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts relating to the Company’s communications with and repossession notices sent to Massachusetts customers. On December
28, 2023 and without admitting any wrongdoing, the Company entered into an assurance of discontinuance with the Office of the Attorney General of the
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  reflecting  the  parties’  agreements  to  settle  and  fully  resolve  allegations  of  the  Company’s  noncompliance  with
Massachusetts  law.  The  Company  agreed  to  make  a  payment  in  the  total  amount  of  $1.24  million  to  an  independent  trust  for  the  purposes  of  making
payments to eligible consumers, paying costs of implementation, and paying the Attorney General’s costs of investigation. In addition, the Company agreed
to pay $75,000 for the fees and costs of a trustee to oversee the trust.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In General.  There  can  be  no  assurance  as  to  the  outcomes  of  the  matters  described  or  referenced  above.  We  record  at  each  measurement  date,  most
recently as of December 31, 2023, our best estimate of probable incurred losses for legal contingencies, including the matters identified above. The amount
of losses that may ultimately be incurred cannot be estimated with certainty. However, based on such information as is available to us, we believe that the
total of probable incurred losses for legal contingencies as of December 31, 2023 is $3.6 million, and that the range of reasonably possible losses for the
legal proceedings and contingencies we face, including those described or identified above, as of December 31, 2023 does not exceed $5.6 million.

Accordingly,  we  believe  that  the  ultimate  resolution  of  such  legal  proceedings  and  contingencies  should  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
consolidated financial condition. We note, however, that in light of the uncertainties inherent in contested proceedings there can be no assurance that the
ultimate resolution of these matters will not be material to our operating results for a particular period, depending on, among other factors, the size of the
loss or liability imposed and the level of our income for that period.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Information about Our Executive Officers

Set forth below are the names, ages, offices held, tenure, and certain biographical information of each of our executive officers as of the filing of this

report:

Charles E. Bradley, Jr., 64, has been our Chief Executive Officer since January 1992, a director since our formation in March 1991, and was elected
Chairman of the Board of Directors in July 2001. Prior to that he was our President from March 1991 to December 2022. From April 1989 to November
1990, he served as Chief Operating Officer of Barnard and Company, a private investment firm. From September 1987 to March 1989, Mr. Bradley, Jr. was
an associate of The Harding Group, a private investment banking firm. Mr. Bradley does not currently serve on the board of directors of any other publicly-
traded companies.

Michael T. Lavin, 51, has been President since December 2022, Chief Operating Officer since February 2019, and our Chief Legal Officer since March
2014.    Prior  to  that,  he  was  our  Executive  Vice  President  since  March  2014,  Senior  Vice  President  –  General  Counsel  since  March  2013,  Senior  Vice
President  and  Corporate  Counsel  since  May  2009  and  our  Vice  President-  Legal  since  joining  the  Company  in  November  of  2001.    Mr.  Lavin  was
previously engaged as an associate at a large law firm and a spin off start up law firm.

Danny Bharwani, 56, has been Chief Financial Officer since September 2022 and Executive Vice President – Finance since December 2022. Previously,
he was our Senior Vice President – Finance from April 2016 to December 2022 and Vice President – Finance from June 2002 to April 2016. He joined us
as Assistant Controller in August 1997. Mr. Bharwani was previously employed as Assistant Controller at The Todd-AO Corporation, from 1989 to 1997.

Christopher Terry, 56, has been Executive Vice President of Risk Management, Systems, and IT since December 2022. Prior to that he was our Senior
Vice President of Risk Management, Systems, and IT from October 2018 to December 2022, and Senior Vice President of Risk Management from May
2017 to October 2018. Prior to that, he was our Senior Vice President of Servicing from May 2005 to August 2013. He was Senior Vice President of Asset
Recovery from August 2013 to May 2017 and from January 2003 to May 2005. He joined us in January 1995 as a loan officer, held a series of successively
more responsible positions, and was promoted to Vice President - Asset Recovery in June 1999. Mr. Terry was previously a branch manager with Norwest
Financial from 1990 to October 1994.

Teri L. Robinson, 61, has been Executive Vice President of Sales and Originations since December 2022. Prior to that she was Senior Vice President of
Sales and Originations from June 2020 to December 2022 and Senior Vice President of Originations from April 2007 to June 2020. Prior to that, she held
the position of Vice President of Originations since August 1998. She joined the Company in June 1991 as an Operations Specialist, and held a series of
successively more responsible positions. Previously, Ms. Robinson held an administrative position at Greco & Associates.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Laurie A. Straten, 57, has been Executive Vice President of Servicing since December 2022. Prior to that, she was our Senior Vice President of Servicing
from August 2013 to December 2022 and Senior Vice President of Asset Recovery from April 2013 to August 2013, and before that she held the position
of  Vice  President  of  Asset  Recovery  starting  in  April  2005.  She  started  with  the  Company  in  March  1996  as  a  bankruptcy  specialist  and  took  on  more
responsibility within Asset Recovery over time.  Prior to joining CPS she worked for the FDIC and served in the United States Marine Corps.

Michele Baumeister, 57, has been Senior Vice President of Originations since June 2023. Prior to that she was the Vice President of Originations from
March  2017  to  June  2023.  She  started  with  the  Company  in  March  1997  as  a  Loan  Processor  and  held  a  series  of  more  senior  positions  within  the
Originations Department. Ms. Baumeister was previously a personal banker with Western Financial.

April Crisp, 37, has been the Senior Vice President of Compliance and Regulatory Affairs since June 2023. Prior to that, she was the Vice President of
Legal from August 2016 to June 2023, and the Assistant Vice President of Legal from November 2013 to August 2016. Ms. Crisp is a California barred
attorney.

Charles Gonel, 43, has been Senior Vice President of Servicing since June 2023. Prior to that he was the Vice President of Collections from March 2015
to June 2023. He joined the Company in March 2008 as a Collections Analyst and transferred into the Risk Management Department in 2010 where he
held a sequence of increasingly more responsible positions. Prior to joining CPS, he was a Quality Assurance Analyst with AT&T Wireless. 

John  P.  Harton,  59,  has  been  Senior  Vice  President  –  Business  Development  since  June  2020.  Prior  to  that  he  was  Senior  Vice  President  –  Program
Development from March 2019 to June 2020, Senior Vice President – Marketing from March 2014 to March 2019 , and Vice President – Marketing from
April  2010  to  March  2014.  He  joined  the  Company  in  April  1996  as  a  loan  officer,  held  a  series  of  successively  more  responsible  positions,  and  was
promoted to Vice President - Originations in June 2007. Mr. Harton was previously a branch manager with American General Finance from 1990 to March
1996.

Catrina Ralston, 48, has been Senior Vice President of Human Resources since December 2022. Prior to that, she was Vice President - Human Resources
since March 2016. She joined the Company in 1997 as an Operations Clerk and transferred into the Human Resources Department in 2001 where she held
a series of successively more responsible positions. Prior to joining CPS, Ms. Ralston worked as a customer service representative for the City of Virginia
Beach Parks & Recreation Department.

Lisette Reynoso, 36, has been Senior Vice President and General Counsel since June 2023. Prior to that she was the Vice President of Legal from January
2020 to June 2023, the Assistant Vice President of Legal/Corporate Counsel from December 2018 to January 2020, and Corporate Counsel from December
2015 to December 2018. Ms. Reynoso is a California barred attorney.

Susan Ryan, 52, has been Senior Vice President of Servicing since June 2023. Prior to that she was the Vice President of Collections from March 2015 to
June 2023. She started with the Company in 2003 as a Deficiency Supervisor where she took on more responsibility over time. Prior to joining CPS, she
was a Deficiency Supervisor with The Finance Company.

Steve Schween, 61, has been Senior Vice President of Systems since December 2022. Previously, he was Vice President of Systems from February 2014.
He joined in the Company in 2000 as a Systems Analyst and took on more responsibility over time. Mr. Schween was previously a Systems Analyst with
Jeunique International.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The  Company’s  Common  Stock  is  traded  on  the  Nasdaq  Global  Market,  under  the  symbol  “CPSS.” As  of  January  1,  2024,  there  were  28  holders  of

record of the Company’s Common Stock.

To date, we have not declared or paid any dividends on our Common Stock. The payment of future dividends, if any, on our Common Stock is within the
discretion  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  will  depend  upon  our  income,  capital  requirements  and  financial  condition,  and  other  relevant  factors.  The
instruments  governing  our  outstanding  debt  place  certain  restrictions  on  the  payment  of  dividends.  We  do  not  intend  to  declare  any  dividends  on  our
Common Stock in the foreseeable future, but instead intend to retain any cash flow for use in our operations.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities in the Fourth Quarter

Period(1)

Total Number of
Shares Purchased    

Average Price Paid
per Share

Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs(2)

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs

October 2023
November 2023
December 2023

Total

  $

  $

39,221    $
–     
5,860     

45,081    $

8.95     
–     
9.16     

8.98     

39,221    $
–     
5,860     

45,081     

1,554,030 
1,554,030 
1,500,334 

(1) Each monthly period is the calendar month.
(2) Through December 31, 2023, our board of directors had authorized the purchase of up to $123.2 million of our outstanding securities, which program
was first announced in our annual report for the year 2002, filed on March 26, 2003. All purchases described in the table above were under the plan
announced  in  March  2003,  which  has  no  fixed  expiration  date.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  have  purchased  $157.7  million  of  our  common  stock
representing 24,245,802 shares.

Item 6. [Reserved]

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
     
     
     
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The  following  discussion  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022  should  be  read  in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements that are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our discussion includes forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives,
expectations and intentions. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a
result of a number of factors. We use words such as anticipate, estimate, plan, project, continuing, ongoing, expect, believe, intend, may, will, should, could,
and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a specialty finance company. Our business is to purchase and service retail automobile contracts originated primarily by franchised automobile
dealers and, to a lesser extent, by select independent dealers in the United States in the sale of new and used automobiles, light trucks and passenger vans.
Through  our  automobile  contract  purchases,  we  provide  indirect  financing  to  the  customers  of  dealers  who  have  limited  credit  histories  or  past  credit
problems, who we refer to as sub-prime customers. We serve as an alternative source of financing for dealers, facilitating sales to customers who otherwise
might not be able to obtain financing from traditional sources, such as commercial banks, credit unions and the captive finance companies affiliated with
major  automobile  manufacturers.  In  addition  to  purchasing  installment  purchase  contracts  directly  from  dealers,  we  also  have  (i)  originated  vehicle
purchase money loans by lending directly to consumers and have (ii) acquired installment purchase contracts in four merger and acquisition transactions,
and (iii) purchased immaterial amounts of vehicle purchase money loans from non-affiliated lenders. In this report, we refer to all of such contracts and
loans as “automobile contracts.”

We were incorporated and began our operations in March 1991. From inception through December 31, 2023, we have purchased a total of approximately
$21.3 billion of automobile contracts from dealers. In addition, we acquired a total of approximately $822.3 million of automobile contracts in mergers and
acquisitions in 2002, 2003, 2004 and 2011. Contract purchase volumes and managed portfolio levels for the five years ended December 31, 2023 are shown
in the table below. Managed portfolio comprises both contracts we owned and those we were servicing for third parties.

Contract Purchases and Outstanding Managed Portfolio

Year
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023

$ in thousands

Contracts Purchased
in Period

Managed Portfolio at
Period End

  $

1,002,782    $
742,584     
1,146,321     
1,854,385     
1,357,752     

2,416,042 
2,174,972 
2,249,069 
3,001,308 
3,194,623 

Our principal executive offices are in Las Vegas, Nevada. Most of our operational and administrative functions take place in Irvine, California. Credit and
underwriting functions are performed primarily in our California branch with certain of these functions also performed in our Florida, Nevada, and Virginia
branches. We service our automobile contracts from our California, Nevada, Virginia, Florida, and Illinois branches.

The  programs  we  offer  to  dealers  and  consumers  are  intended  to  serve  a  wide  range  of  sub-prime  customers,  primarily  through  franchised  new  car
dealers.  We  originate  automobile  contracts  with  the  intention  of  financing  them  on  a  long-term  basis  through  securitizations.  Securitizations  are
transactions in which we sell a specified pool of contracts to a special purpose subsidiary of ours, which in turn issues asset-backed securities to fund the
purchase of the pool of contracts from us.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securitization and Warehouse Credit Facilities

Throughout the period for which information is presented in this report, we have purchased automobile contracts with the intention of financing them on
a long-term basis through securitizations, and on an interim basis through warehouse credit facilities. All such financings have involved identification of
specific automobile contracts, sale of those automobile contracts (and associated rights) to one of our special-purpose subsidiaries, and issuance of asset-
backed securities to be purchased by institutional investors. Depending on the structure, these transactions may be accounted for under generally accepted
accounting principles as sales of the automobile contracts or as secured financings. All of our active securitizations are structured as secured financings.

When structured to be treated as a secured financing for accounting purposes, the subsidiary is consolidated with us. Accordingly, the sold automobile
contracts and the related debt appear as assets and liabilities, respectively, on our consolidated balance sheet. We then periodically (i) recognize interest and
fee income on the contracts, and (ii) recognize interest expense on the securities issued in the transaction. For automobile contracts acquired before 2018,
we  also  periodically  record  as  expense  a  provision  for  credit  losses  on  the  contracts;  for  automobile  contracts  acquired  after  2017  we  take  account  of
estimated credit losses in our computation of a level yield used to determine recognition of interest on the contracts.

Since 1994 we have conducted 99 term securitizations of automobile contracts that we originated under our regular programs. As of December 31, 2023,
18 of those securitizations are active and all are structured as secured financings. We generally conduct our securitizations on a quarterly basis, near the
beginning of each calendar quarter, resulting in four securitizations per calendar year. However, we completed only three securitizations in 2020. In April
2020 we postponed our planned securitization due to the onset of the pandemic and the effective closure of the capital markets in which our securitizations
are executed. Subsequently we successfully completed securitizations in June and September 2020.

Our recent history of term securitizations is summarized in the table below:

Recent Asset-Backed Securitizations
$ in thousands

Period
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023

 $

Number of Term
Securitizations
4
4
4
3
4
4
4

Amount of
Receivables

870,000 
883,452 
1,014,124 
741,867 
1,145,002 
1,537,383 
1,352,114 

Generally, prior to a securitization transaction we fund our automobile contract acquisitions primarily with proceeds from warehouse credit facilities. Our
current short-term funding capacity is $400 million, comprising two credit facilities. The first credit facility was established in May 2012. This facility was
most recently renewed in July 2022, extending the revolving period to July 2024, with an optional amortization period through July 2025. In addition, the
capacity was doubled from $100 million to $200 million at the July 2022 renewal.

In  November  2015,  we  entered  into  another  $100  million  facility.  This  facility  was  most  recently  renewed  in  February  2022,  extending  the  revolving
period to January 2024, followed by an amortization period to January 2026. In June 2022, we doubled the capacity for this facility from $100 million to
$200 million. Prior to the expiration of the revolving period in January 2024, the revolving period was extended to March 31, 2024.

We previously had a third facility. This $100 million facility was established in April 2015 and was renewed in April 2017 and again in February 2019,

extending the revolving period to February 2021. We repaid this facility in full at its maturity in February 2021 and elected not to renew it.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In a securitization and in our warehouse credit facilities, we are required to make certain representations and warranties, which are generally similar to the
representations and warranties made by dealers in connection with our purchase of the automobile contracts. If we breach any of our representations or
warranties, we will be obligated to repurchase the automobile contract at a price equal to the principal balance plus accrued and unpaid interest. We may
then be entitled under the terms of our dealer agreement to require the selling dealer to repurchase the contract at a price equal to our purchase price, less
any principal payments made by the customer. Subject to any recourse against dealers, we will bear the risk of loss on repossession and resale of vehicles
under automobile contracts that we repurchase.

In  a  securitization,  the  related  special  purpose  subsidiary  may  be  unable  to  release  excess  cash  to  us  if  the  credit  performance  of  the  securitized
automobile contracts falls short of pre-determined standards. Such releases represent a material portion of the cash that we use to fund our operations. An
unexpected deterioration in the performance of securitized automobile contracts could therefore have a material adverse effect on both our liquidity and
results of operations.

Critical Accounting Policies

We  believe  that  our  accounting  policies  related  to  (a)  Finance  Receivables  at  Fair  Value,  (b)  Allowance  for  Finance  Credit  Losses,  (c)  Term
Securitizations, (d) Accrual for Contingent Liabilities and (e) Income Taxes are the most critical to understanding and evaluating our reported financial
results. Such policies are described below.

Finance Receivables Measured at Fair Value

Effective  January  1,  2018,  we  adopted  the  fair  value  method  of  accounting  for  finance  receivables  acquired  on  or  after  that  date.  For  each  finance
receivable acquired after 2017, we consider the price paid on the purchase date as the fair value for such receivable.  We estimate the cash to be received in
the future with respect to such receivables, based on our experience with similar receivables acquired in the past.  We then compute the internal rate of
return that results in the present value of those estimated cash receipts being equal to the purchase date fair value. Thereafter, we recognize interest income
on such receivables on a level yield basis using that internal rate of return as the applicable interest rate. Cash received with respect to such receivables is
applied first against such interest income, and then to reduce the recorded value of the receivables.

We re-evaluate the fair value of such receivables at the close of each measurement period. If the re-evaluation were to yield a value materially different
from the recorded value, an adjustment, which we also refer to as a mark, would be required. Results for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022
include marks of $12.0 and $15.3 million, respectively, to the carrying value of the portion of the receivables portfolio accounted for at fair value. The
marks are estimates based on our evaluation of the appropriate fair value and future earnings rate of existing receivables compared to recently acquired
receivables and increases or decreases in our estimates of future net losses.

Anticipated credit losses are included in our estimation of cash to be received with respect to receivables. In accordance with the fair value accounting
standards, credit losses are included in our computation of the appropriate level yield, therefore we do not thereafter make periodic provision for credit
losses,  as  our  best  estimate  of  the  lifetime  aggregate  of  credit  losses  is  included  in  that  initial  computation.  Also,  because  we  include  anticipated  credit
losses in our computation of the level yield, the computed level yield is materially lower than the average contractual rate applicable to the receivables.
Because  our  initial  recorded  value  is  fixed  as  the  price  we  pay  for  the  receivable,  rather  than  as  the  contractual  principal  balance,  we  do  not  record
acquisition fees as an amortizing asset related to the receivables, nor do we capitalize costs of acquiring the receivables. Rather we recognize the costs of
acquisition as expenses in the period incurred.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Term Securitizations

Our term securitization structure has generally been as follows:

We sell automobile contracts we acquire to a wholly-owned special purpose subsidiary, which has been established for the limited purpose of buying and
reselling our automobile contracts. The special-purpose subsidiary then transfers the same automobile contracts to another entity, typically a statutory trust.
The  trust  issues  interest-bearing  asset-backed  securities,  in  a  principal  amount  equal  to  or  less  than  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the  automobile
contracts. We typically sell these automobile contracts to the trust at face value and without recourse, except that representations and warranties similar to
those  provided  by  the  dealer  to  us  are  provided  by  us  to  the  trust.  One  or  more  investors  purchase  the  asset-backed  securities  issued  by  the  trust;  the
proceeds from the sale of the asset-backed securities are then used to purchase the automobile contracts from us. We may retain or sell subordinated asset-
backed securities issued by the trust or by a related entity.

We structure our securitizations to include internal credit enhancement for the benefit the investors (i) in the form of an initial cash deposit to an account
(“spread account”) held by the trust, (ii) in the form of overcollateralization of the senior asset-backed securities, where the principal balance of the senior
asset-backed securities issued is less than the principal balance of the automobile contracts, (iii) in the form of subordinated asset-backed securities, or (iv)
some combination of such internal credit enhancements. The agreements governing the securitization transactions require that the initial level of internal
credit  enhancement  be  supplemented  by  a  portion  of  collections  from  the  automobile  contracts  until  the  level  of  internal  credit  enhancement  reaches
specified levels, which are then maintained. The specified levels are generally computed as a percentage of the principal amount remaining unpaid under
the related automobile contracts. The specified levels at which the internal credit enhancement is to be maintained will vary depending on the performance
of the portfolios of automobile contracts held by the trusts and on other conditions, and may also be varied by agreement among us, our special purpose
subsidiary, the insurance company, if any, and the trustee. Such levels have increased and decreased from time to time based on performance of the various
portfolios, and have also varied from one transaction to another. The agreements governing the securitizations generally grant us the option to repurchase
the sold automobile contracts from the trust when the aggregate outstanding balance of the automobile contracts has amortized to a specified percentage of
the initial aggregate balance.

Upon  each  transfer  of  automobile  contracts  in  a  transaction  structured  as  a  secured  financing  for  financial  accounting  purposes,  we  retain  on  our

consolidated balance sheet the related automobile contracts as assets and record the asset-backed notes or loans issued in the transaction as indebtedness.

We receive periodic base servicing fees for the servicing and collection of the automobile contracts. Under our securitization structures treated as secured
financings for financial accounting purposes, such servicing fees are included in interest income from the automobile contracts. In addition, we are entitled
to the cash flows from the trusts that represent collections on the automobile contracts in excess of the amounts required to pay principal and interest on the
asset-backed securities, base servicing fees, and certain other fees and expenses (such as trustee and custodial fees). Required principal payments on the
asset-backed notes are generally defined as the payments sufficient to keep the principal balance of such notes equal to the aggregate principal balance of
the related automobile contracts (excluding those automobile contracts that have been charged off), or a pre-determined percentage of such balance. Where
that percentage is less than 100%, the related securitization agreements require accelerated payment of principal until the principal balance of the asset-
backed securities is reduced to the specified percentage. Such accelerated principal payment is said to create overcollateralization of the asset-backed notes.

If the amount of cash required for payment of fees, expenses, interest and principal on the senior asset-backed notes exceeds the amount collected during
the collection period, the shortfall is withdrawn from the spread account, if any. If the cash collected during the period exceeds the amount necessary for the
above allocations plus required principal payments on the subordinated asset-backed notes, and there is no shortfall in the related spread account or the
required overcollateralization level, the excess is released to us. If the spread account and overcollateralization is not at the required level, then the excess
cash collected is retained in the trust until the specified level is achieved. Although spread account balances are held by the trusts on behalf of our special-
purpose subsidiaries as the owner of the residual interests (in the case of securitization transactions structured as sales for financial accounting purposes) or
the trusts (in the case of securitization transactions structured as secured financings for financial accounting purposes), we are restricted in use of the cash
in the spread accounts. Cash held in the various spread accounts is invested in high quality, liquid investment securities, as specified in the securitization
agreements. The interest rate payable on the automobile contracts is significantly greater than the interest rate on the asset-backed notes. As a result, the
residual interests described above historically have been a significant asset of ours.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In all of our term securitizations and warehouse credit facilities, whether treated as secured financings or as sales, we have sold the automobile contracts
(through a subsidiary) to the securitization entity. The difference between the two structures is that in securitizations that are treated as secured financings
we report the assets and liabilities of the securitization trust on our consolidated balance sheet. Under both structures, recourse to us by holders of the asset-
backed securities and by the trust, for failure of the automobile contract obligors to make payments on a timely basis, is limited to the automobile contracts
included in the securitizations or warehouse credit facilities, the spread accounts and our retained interests in the respective trusts.

Accrual for Contingent Liabilities

We are routinely involved in various legal proceedings resulting from our consumer finance activities and practices, both continuing and discontinued.
Our  legal  counsel  has  advised  us  on  such  matters  where,  based  on  information  available  at  the  time  of  this  report,  there  is  an  indication  that  it  is  both
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably determined.

We have recorded a liability as of December 31, 2023, which represents our best estimate of probable incurred losses for legal contingencies at that date.
The amount of losses that may ultimately be incurred cannot be estimated with certainty. However, based on such information as is available to us, we
believe that the range of reasonably possible losses for the legal proceedings and contingencies described or referenced above, as of December 31, 2023,
and in excess of the liability we have recorded, does not exceed $5.6 million.

Accordingly, we believe that the ultimate resolution of such legal proceedings and contingencies, after taking into account our current litigation reserves,
should not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition. We note, however, that in light of the uncertainties inherent in contested
proceedings, there can be no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves we have accrued; as a result,
the outcome of a particular matter may be material to our operating results for a particular period, depending on, among other factors, the size of the loss or
liability imposed and the level of our income for that period.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected
future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined
based on the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the
differences  are  expected  to  reverse.  The  effect  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  on  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  is  recognized  in  income  in  the  period  that
includes the enactment date.

Deferred tax assets are recognized subject to management’s judgment that realization is more likely than not. A valuation allowance is recognized for a
deferred tax asset if, based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.
In making such judgements, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified.

In determining the possible future realization of deferred tax assets, we have considered future taxable income from the following sources: (a) reversal of
taxable temporary differences; and (b) forecasted future net earnings from operations. Based upon those considerations, we have concluded that it is more
likely than not that the U.S. and state net operating loss carryforward periods provide enough time to utilize the deferred tax assets pertaining to the existing
net operating loss carryforwards and any net operating loss that would be created by the reversal of the future net deductions which have not yet been taken
on a tax return. Our estimates of taxable income are forward-looking statements, and there can be no assurance that our estimates of such taxable income
will  be  correct.  Factors  discussed  under  “Risk  Factors,”  and  under  the  heading  “Cautionary  Note  Regarding  Forward-Looking  Statements.”  may  affect
whether such projections prove to be correct.

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statements

of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheets.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Uncertainty of Capital Markets and General Economic Conditions

We  depend  upon  the  availability  of  warehouse  credit  facilities  and  access  to  long-term  financing  through  the  issuance  of  asset-backed  securities
collateralized  by  our  automobile  contracts.  Since  1994,  we  have  completed  99  term  securitizations  of  approximately  $19.1  billion  in  contracts.  We
generally conduct our securitizations on a quarterly basis, near the beginning of each calendar quarter, resulting in four securitizations per calendar year.
However, we completed only three securitizations in 2020. In April 2020 we postponed our planned securitization due to the onset of the pandemic and the
effective  closure  of  the  capital  markets  in  which  our  securitizations  are  executed.  Subsequently,  we  successfully  completed  securitizations  in  June  and
September 2020, and then on a regular quarterly schedule from January 2021 through January 2024.

Financial Covenants

Certain  of  our  securitization  transactions  and  our  warehouse  credit  facilities  contain  various  financial  covenants  requiring  certain  minimum  financial
ratios and results. Such covenants include maintaining minimum levels of liquidity and net worth and not exceeding maximum leverage levels. In addition,
certain securitization and non-securitization related debt contain cross-default provisions that would allow certain creditors to declare a default if a default
occurred under a different facility. As of December 31, 2023 we were in compliance with all such financial covenants.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Operating Results for the year ended December 31, 2023 with the year ended December 31, 2022

Revenues.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  our  revenues  were  $352.0  million,  an  increase  of  $22.3  million,  or  6.8%,  from  the  prior  year
revenues of $329.7 million. The primary reason for the increase in revenues is the increase in interest income resulting from the increase in the average
outstanding balance of finance receivables measured at fair value. Revenues for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 include fair value marks of
$12.0 and $15.3 million, respectively, to the carrying value of the portion of the receivables portfolio accounted for at fair value. The marks are estimates
based  on  our  evaluation  of  the  appropriate  fair  value  and  future  earnings  rate  of  existing  receivables  compared  to  recently  acquired  receivables  and
increases or decreases in our estimates of future net losses. For the year ended December 31, 2023, our re-evaluation of the fair values of these receivables
resulted in a mark up for certain older receivables and a mark down to the fair values of newer receivables. The fair value mark up on the older receivables
exceeded the mark down to the newer receivables resulting in a net mark up of $12.0 million.

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased $24.0 million, or 7.9%, to $329.2 million from $305.2 million in the prior year. The
primary reason for the increase in interest income is the 14.7% increase in the average balance of our loan portfolio over the prior year period. The interest
yield on our total loan portfolio decreased from 12.0% in the prior year period to 11.3% in the current year period. The primary reason for the decrease in
total interest yield is that the receivables measured at fair value makes up a larger portion of our total loan portfolio in the current year period. The interest
yield on receivables measured at fair value is calculated taking into account expected losses and is therefore less than the yield on other finance receivables.
The table below shows the average balance and interest yield of our loan portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

2023

Interest

Year Ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)
Interest
Yield

    Average
Balance

2022

Interest

Interest
Yield

Average
Balance

Interest Earning Assets

Loan portfolio

  $

2,913,571    $

329,219     

11.3%    $

2,539,110    $

305,237     

12.0% 

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
     
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
Other income was $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. This 17.5%
increase was primarily driven by the increase in origination and servicing fees we earned from third party receivables that we began originating in May
2021. These fees were $9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and $6.8 million in the prior year period.

Expenses.  Our operating expenses consist largely of interest expense, provision for credit losses, employee costs, sales and general and administrative
expenses. Provision for credit losses is affected by the balance and credit performance of our portfolio of finance receivables (other than our portfolio of
finance receivables measured at fair value, as to which expected credit losses have the effect of reducing the interest rate applicable to such receivables).
Interest  expense  is  significantly  affected  by  the  volume  of  automobile  contracts  we  purchased  during  the  trailing  12-month  period  and  the  use  of  our
warehouse facilities and asset-backed securitizations to finance those contracts. Employee costs and general and administrative expenses are incurred as
applications and automobile contracts are received, processed and serviced. Factors that affect margins and net income include changes in the automobile
and automobile finance market environments, and macroeconomic factors such as interest rates and changes in the unemployment level.

Employee  costs  include  base  salaries,  commissions  and  bonuses  paid  to  employees,  and  certain  expenses  related  to  the  accounting  treatment  of
outstanding  stock  options,  and  are  one  of  our  most  significant  operating  expenses.  These  costs  (other  than  those  relating  to  stock  options)  generally
fluctuate with the level of applications and automobile contracts processed and serviced.

Other operating expenses consist largely of facilities expenses, telephone and other communication services, credit services, computer services, sales and

advertising expenses, and depreciation and amortization.

Total operating expenses were $290.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to $213.5 million for the prior year, an increase of $77.4

million, or 36.3%. The increase is primarily due to increases in interest expense and general and administrative expenses.

Employee costs increased by $3.9 million or 4.6%, to $88.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2023, representing 30.3% of total operating

expenses. Employee costs were $84.3 million in the prior year, or 39.5% of total operating expenses.

The table below summarizes our employees by category as well as contract purchases and units in our managed portfolio as of, and for the years ended,

December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Contracts purchased (dollars)
Contracts purchased (units)
Managed portfolio outstanding (dollars)
Managed portfolio outstanding (units)

Number of Originations staff
Number of Sales staff
Number of Servicing staff
Number of other staff
Total number of employees

  December 31, 2023     December 31, 2022  

Amount

Amount

  $

  $

($ in millions)

1,357.8    $
65,137     
2,970.1    $
179,198     

185     
105     
529     
71     
890     

1,854.4 
81,935 
2,795.4 
170,658 

182 
107 
407 
88 
784 

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
General and administrative expenses include costs associated with purchasing and servicing our portfolio of finance receivables, including expenses for
facilities,  credit  services,  and  telecommunications.  General  and  administrative  expenses  were  $50.0  million,  an  increase  of  $12.4  million,  or  32.9%,
compared to the previous year and represented 17.2% of total operating expenses.

Interest  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  increased  by  $59.1  million  to  $146.6  million,  or  67.5%,  compared  to  $87.5  million  in  the

previous year. Interest expense represented 50.4% of total operating expenses in 2023.

Interest on securitization trust debt increased by $50.8 million, or 71.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year. The average
balance of securitization trust debt increased 15.5% to $2,333.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $2,020.0 million for the year
ended December 31, 2022. The annualized average rate on our securitization trust debt was 5.2% for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to 3.5%
in  the  prior  year  period.  The  blended  interest  rates  on  new  term  securitizations  have  been  increasing  since  2022.  For  each  quarterly  securitization
transaction, the blended cost of funds is ultimately the result of many factors including the market interest rates for benchmark swaps of various maturities
against  which  our  bonds  are  priced  and  the  margin  over  those  benchmarks  that  investors  are  willing  to  accept,  which  in  turn,  is  influenced  by  investor
demand for our bonds at the time of the securitization. These and other factors have resulted in fluctuations in our securitization trust debt interest costs.
The blended interest rates of our recent securitizations are summarized in the table below:

Blended Cost of Funds on Recent Asset-Backed Term Securitizations

Period
January 2020
June 2020
September 2020
January 2021
April 2021
July 2021
October 2021
January 2022
April 2022
July 2022
October 2022
January 2023
April 2023
July 2023
October 2023

Blended Cost of Funds
3.08%
4.09%
2.39%
1.11%
1.65%
1.55%
2.09%
2.54%
4.83%
6.02%
8.48%
6.48%
7.17%
7.13%
7.89%

Interest expense on warehouse lines of credit was $19.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $10.3 million in the prior year. The
increase was due to higher rates and the higher utilization of our credit lines during 2023 compared to 2022. The average balance of our warehouse debt
was $181.7 million during 2023 compared to $130.1 million in 2022.

Interest expense on residual interest financing was $4.2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Interest expense on our subordinated renewable notes was $1.8 million in 2023 compared to $2.3 million in the prior year. The average balance of the
notes decreased from $26.8 million in the prior year to $20.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The average interest rate on our subordinated
notes was 8.7% for the both years.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the components of interest income and interest expense and a net interest yield analysis for the years ended December 31,

2023 and 2022:

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

(Dollars in thousands)

    Annualized      
Average

    Average

Interest

    Yield/Rate     Balance (1)    

Interest

    Annualized  
    Average
    Yield/Rate  

Average
  Balance (1)    

Interest Earning Assets

Loan portfolio

2,913,571     

329,219     

11.3%     

2,539,110     

305,237     

12.0% 

Interest Bearing Liabilities

Warehouse lines of credit
Residual interest financing
Securitization trust debt
Subordinated renewable notes

  $

  $

181,742     
50,000     
2,333,472     
20,936     
2,586,150     

19,192     
4,199     
121,408     
1,832     
146,631     

10.6%    $
8.4%     
5.2%     
8.7%     
5.7%    $

130,122     
50,488     
2,020,036     
26,806     
2,227,452     

10,310     
4,243     
70,627     
2,344     
87,524     

Net interest income/spread

     $

182,588     

     $

217,713     

Net interest margin (3)
Ratio of average interest earning assets to average

interest bearing liabilities

6.3%     

113%     

114%     

     (1)  Average balances are based on month end balances except for warehouse lines of credit, which are based on daily balances.
     (2)  Net of deferred fees and direct costs.
     (3)  Net interest income divided by average interest earning assets.

7.9% 
8.4% 
3.5% 
8.7% 
3.9% 

8.6% 

Total
Change

Year Ended December 31, 2023 
Compared to December 31, 2022
Change Due
to Volume
(In thousands)

Change Due
to Rate

Loan portfolio

  $

23,982    $

29,404    $

(5,422)

Interest Earning Assets

Interest Bearing Liabilities

Warehouse lines of credit
Residual interest financing
Securitization trust debt
Subordinated renewable notes

8,883     
(44)    
50,781     
(512)    
59,108     

4,090     
(41)    
10,959     
(513)    
14,495     

4,793 
(3)
39,822 
1 
44,613 

Net interest income/spread

  $

(35,126)   $

14,909    $

(50,035)

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
     
   
     
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
Effective January 1, 2020, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification Topic 326 - Financial Instruments - Credit Losses: Measurement of
Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments.  The  amendment  introduces  a  new  credit  reserving  model  known  as  the  Current  Expected  Credit  Loss  model,
generally  referred  to  as  CECL.  Adoption  of  CECL  required  the  establishment  of  an  allowance  for  the  remaining  expected  lifetime  credit  losses  on  the
portion of the Company’s receivable portfolio that was originated prior to January 2018. To comply with CECL, the Company recorded an addition to its
allowance for finance credit losses of $127.0 million in 2020. In accordance with the rules for adopting CECL, the offset to the addition to the allowance
for finance credit losses was a tax affected reduction to retained earnings using the modified retrospective method.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded a reduction to provision for credit losses on finance receivables in the amount of $22.3 million. In
the prior year period, we recorded similar reductions to provision for credit losses in the amount of $28.1 million. The reserve decreases were primarily due
to better than expected credit performance for these receivables. The allowance applies only to our finance receivables originated through December 2017,
which we refer to as our legacy portfolio.  Finance receivables that we have originated since January 2018 are accounted for at fair value. Under the fair
value method of accounting, we recognize interest income net of expected credit losses. Thus, no provision for credit loss expense is recorded for finance
receivables measured at fair value.

Sales expense consists primarily of commission-based compensation paid to our employee sales representatives. Our sales representatives earn a salary
plus commissions based on volume of contract purchases and sales of ancillary products and services that we offer our dealers. Sales expense decreased by
$1.8 million to $21.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2023 and represented 7.3% of total operating expenses. We purchased $1,357.8 million
of new contracts during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $1,854.4 million in the prior year period.

Occupancy expenses were $6.4 million in 2023 which is down from $7.5 million in 2022.

Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased to $847,000 compared to $1.6 million in the prior year.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded income tax expense of $15.6 million, representing a 26% effective tax rate. In the prior period, our

income tax expense was $30.2 million, also representing a 26% effective tax rate.

Comparison of Operating Results for the year ended December 31, 2022 with the year ended December 31, 2021

Revenues.  During the year ended December 31, 2022, our revenues were $329.7 million, an increase of $61.9 million, or 23.1%, from the prior year
revenues of $267.8 million. The primary reason for the increase in revenues is the increase in interest income resulting from the increase in the average
outstanding balance of finance receivables measured at fair value. In addition, mark ups to the finance receivables measured at fair value also contributed to
the increase in revenues during the year. Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2022 include a $15.3 million mark up to the recorded value of the
finance receivables measured at fair value. The marks are estimates based on our evaluation of the appropriate fair value and future earnings rate of existing
receivables compared to recently acquired receivables and increases or decreases in our estimates of future net losses.

Results  for  the  nine-month  period  ended  September  30,  2022  included  the  $15.3  million  mark  to  the  carrying  value  of  the  portion  of  the  receivables
portfolio accounted for at fair value. The mark-up was the result of lower than expected losses during the period as our previous estimates for higher losses
due to the pandemic had not materialized. In the fourth quarter of 2022, our re-evaluation of the fair values of these receivables resulted in a positive mark
for certain older receivables and a negative mark to the fair values of newer receivables that largely offset each other. As a result, on a net basis, no mark
was taken in the fourth quarter of 2022. Revenues for the prior year period include a $4.4 million mark down to the fair value portfolio.

Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2021 include a $4.4 million mark down to the fair value portfolio.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2022 increased $39.0 million, or 14.6%, to $305.2 million from $266.2 million in the prior year. The
primary reason for the increase in interest income is the 32.5% increase in the average balance of finance receivables measured at fair value over the prior
year period. The table below shows the outstanding and average balances of our portfolio held by consolidated subsidiaries for the years ended December
31, 2022 and 2021:

2022

Interest

Year Ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)
Interest
Yield

    Average
Balance

2021

Interest

Interest
Yield

Average
Balance

Interest Earning Assets

Finance receivables
Finance receivables measured at fair value
Total

  $

  $

150,919    $
2,388,191     
2,539,110    $

36,616     
268,621     
305,237     

24.3%    $
11.2%     
12.0%    $

345,021    $
1,802,590     
2,147,611    $

69,805     
196,461     
266,266     

20.2% 
10.9% 
12.4% 

Other income was $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. This 54.1%
increase was primarily driven by the increase in origination and servicing fees we earned from third party receivables that we began originating in May
2021. These fees were $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and $1.3 million in the prior year period.

Expenses.  Our operating expenses consist largely of interest expense, provision for credit losses, employee costs, sales and general and administrative
expenses. Provision for credit losses is affected by the balance and credit performance of our portfolio of finance receivables (other than our portfolio of
finance receivables measured at fair value, as to which expected credit losses have the effect of reducing the interest rate applicable to such receivables).
Interest  expense  is  significantly  affected  by  the  volume  of  automobile  contracts  we  purchased  during  the  trailing  12-month  period  and  the  use  of  our
warehouse facilities and asset-backed securitizations to finance those contracts. Employee costs and general and administrative expenses are incurred as
applications and automobile contracts are received, processed and serviced. Factors that affect margins and net income include changes in the automobile
and automobile finance market environments, and macroeconomic factors such as interest rates and changes in the unemployment level.

Employee  costs  include  base  salaries,  commissions  and  bonuses  paid  to  employees,  and  certain  expenses  related  to  the  accounting  treatment  of
outstanding  stock  options,  and  are  one  of  our  most  significant  operating  expenses.  These  costs  (other  than  those  relating  to  stock  options)  generally
fluctuate with the level of applications and automobile contracts processed and serviced.

Other operating expenses consist largely of facilities expenses, telephone and other communication services, credit services, computer services, sales and

advertising expenses, and depreciation and amortization.

Total operating expenses were $213.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $202.1 million for the prior year, an increase of $11.5
million, or 5.7%. The increase is primarily due to increases in interest expense, sales expense, employee costs and general and administrative expenses.
Reductions in provisions for credit losses offset some of the increase in operating expenses.

Employee costs increased by $3.7 million or 4.7%, to $84.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, representing 39.5% of total operating

expenses. Employee costs were $80.5 million in the prior year, or 39.9% of total operating expenses.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
     
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below summarizes our employees by category as well as contract purchases and units in our managed portfolio as of, and for the years ended,

December 31, 2022 and 2021:

Contracts purchased (dollars)
Contracts purchased (units)
Managed portfolio outstanding (dollars)
Managed portfolio outstanding (units)

Number of Originations staff
Number of Sales staff
Number of Servicing staff
Number of other staff
Total number of employees

  December 31, 2022     December 31, 2021  

Amount

Amount

  $

  $

($ in millions)

1,854.4    $
81,935     
2,795.4    $
180,795     

182     
107     
407     
88     
784     

1,146.3 
54,317 
2,249.1 
156,280 

170 
105 
388 
76 
739 

General and administrative expenses include costs associated with purchasing and servicing our portfolio of finance receivables, including expenses for
facilities, credit services, and telecommunications. General and administrative expenses were $37.6 million, an increase of $3.0 million, or 8.7%, compared
to the previous year and represented 17.6% of total operating expenses.

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2022 increased by $12.3 million to $87.5 million, or 16.3%, compared to $75.2 million in the previous
year.  Interest  expense  represented  41.0%  of  total  operating  expenses  in  2022.  The  primary  reason  for  the  increase  in  interest  expense  is  the  increase  in
interest expense on our warehouse lines of credit and securitization trust debt.

Interest on securitization trust debt increased by $6.2 million, or 9.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year. The average
balance of securitization trust debt increased 11.0% to $2,020.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $1,819.9 million for the year
ended  December  31,  2021.  The  blended  interest  rates  on  new  term  securitizations  have  increased  in  2022  after  decreasing  in  2021.  For  any  particular
quarterly  securitization  transaction,  the  blended  cost  of  funds  is  ultimately  the  result  of  many  factors  including  the  market  interest  rates  for  benchmark
swaps of various maturities against which our bonds are priced and the margin over those benchmarks that investors are willing to accept, which in turn, is
influenced by investor demand for our bonds at the time of the securitization. These and other factors have resulted in fluctuations in our securitization trust
debt interest costs. The blended interest rates of our recent securitizations are summarized in the table below:

Blended Cost of Funds on Recent Asset-Backed Term Securitizations

Period
January 2019
April 2019
July 2019
October 2019
January 2020
June 2020
September 2020
January 2021
April 2021
July 2021
October 2021
January 2022
April 2022
July 2022
October 2022

46

Blended Cost of Funds
4.22%
3.95%
3.36%
2.95%
3.08%
4.09%
2.39%
1.11%
1.65%
1.55%
2.09%
2.54%
4.83%
6.02%
8.48%

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The annualized average rate on our securitization trust debt was 3.5% for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. The annualized average rate is
influenced by the manner in which the underlying securitization trust bonds are repaid. The rate tends to increase over time on any particular securitization
since the structures of our securitization trusts generally provide for sequential repayment of the shorter term, lower interest rate bonds before the longer
term, higher interest rate bonds.

Interest expense on warehouse lines of credit was $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $4.4 million in the prior year. Lower
rates were offset by higher utilization of our credit lines during the year compared to last year. The average balance of our warehouse debt was $130.1
million during 2022 compared to $51.3 million in 2021.

Interest expense on residual interest financing was $4.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $3.8 million in the prior year as the

average balance has increased.

Interest expense on our subordinated renewable notes decreased by $297,000, or 11.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior
year. The average balance of the notes increased from $25.3 million in the prior year to $26.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The average
interest rate on our subordinated notes decreased to 8.7% for the year ended December 31, 2022 from 10.5% for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The following table presents the components of interest income and interest expense and a net interest yield analysis for the years ended December 31,

2022 and 2021:

Year Ended December 31,

2022

2021

(Dollars in thousands)

    Annualized      
Average

    Average

Interest

    Yield/Rate     Balance (1)    

Interest

    Annualized  
    Average
    Yield/Rate  

Average
  Balance (1)    

Interest Earning Assets

Loan portfolio

2,539,110     

305,237     

12.0%     

2,147,611     

266,266     

12.4% 

Interest Bearing Liabilities

Warehouse lines of credit
Residual interest financing
Securitization trust debt
Subordinated renewable notes

  $

  $

130,122     
50,488     
2,020,036     
26,806     
2,227,452     

10,311     
4,243     
70,626     
2,344     
87,524     

7.9%    $
8.4%     
3.5%     
8.7%     
3.9%    $

51,313     
42,692     
1,819,914     
25,270     
1,939,189     

4,448     
3,763     
64,387     
2,641     
75,239     

Net interest income/spread

     $

217,713     

     $

191,027     

Net interest margin (3)
Ratio of average interest earning assets to average

interest bearing liabilities

8.6%     

114%     

111%     

     (1)  Average balances are based on month end balances except for warehouse lines of credit, which are based on daily balances.
     (2)  Net of deferred fees and direct costs.
     (3)  Net interest income divided by average interest earning assets.

8.7% 
8.8% 
3.5% 
10.5% 
3.9% 

8.9% 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
     
   
     
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan portfolio

Interest Earning Assets

Interest Bearing Liabilities

Warehouse lines of credit
Residual interest financing
Securitization trust debt
Subordinated renewable notes

Total
Change

Year Ended December 31, 2022
Compared to December 31, 2021
Change Due
to Volume
(In thousands)

Change Due
to Rate

38,971     

24,553     

14,418 

5,863     
480     
6,239     
(297)    
12,285     

6,831     
687     
7,080     
161     
14,759     

(968)
(207)
(841)
(458)
(2,474)

16,892 

Net interest income/spread

  $

26,686    $

9,794    $

The annualized yield on our finance receivables was 12.0% for 2022 compared to 12.4% in 2021. The interest yield on receivables measured at fair value
is  reduced  to  take  account  of  expected  losses  and  is  therefore  less  than  the  yield  on  other  finance  receivables.  The  average  balance  of  these  fair  value
receivables was $2,388.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $1,802.6 million in the prior year period.

Effective January 1, 2020, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification Topic 326 - Financial Instruments - Credit Losses: Measurement
of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The amendment introduces a new credit reserving model known as the Current Expected Credit Loss model,
generally  referred  to  as  CECL.  Adoption  of  CECL  required  the  establishment  of  an  allowance  for  the  remaining  expected  lifetime  credit  losses  on  the
portion of the Company’s receivable portfolio that was originated prior to January 2018. To comply with CECL, the Company recorded an addition to its
allowance  for  finance  credit  losses  of  $127.0  million.  In  accordance  with  the  rules  for  adopting  CECL,  the  offset  to  the  addition  to  the  allowance  for
finance credit losses was a tax affected reduction to retained earnings using the modified retrospective method.

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  we  recorded  a  reduction  to  provision  for  credit  losses  on  finance  receivables  in  the  amount  of  $28.1  million
compared to $14.6 million in 2021. The reserve decreases were primarily due to improved credit performance for these receivables. The allowance applies
only to our finance receivables originated through December 2017, which we refer to as our legacy portfolio.  Finance receivables that we have originated
since January 2018 are accounted for at fair value. Under the fair value method of accounting, we recognize interest income net of expected credit losses.
Thus, no provision for credit loss expense is recorded for finance receivables measured at fair value.

Sales expense consists primarily of commission-based compensation paid to our employee sales representatives. Our sales representatives earn a salary
plus commissions based on volume of contract purchases and sales of ancillary products and services that we offer our dealers. Sales expense increased by
$6.2 million to $23.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 and represented 10.8% of total operating expenses. We purchased $1,854.4 million
of new contracts during the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to $1,146.3 million in the prior year period.

Occupancy  expenses  decreased  by  $180,000  or  2.3%,  to  $7.5  million  compared  to  $7.7  million  in  the  previous  year  and  represented  3.5%  of  total

operating expenses.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased by $57,000 or 3.4%, to $1.6 million compared to $1.7 million in the previous year and represented

0.8% of total operating expenses.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, we recorded income tax expense of $30.2 million, representing a 26% effective tax rate. In the prior period,

our income tax expense was $18.2 million, representing a 28% effective tax rate.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

Our business requires substantial cash to support our purchases of automobile contracts and other operating activities. Our primary sources of cash have
been  cash  flows  from  the  proceeds  from  term  securitization  transactions  and  other  sales  of  automobile  contracts,  amounts  borrowed  under  various
revolving credit facilities (also sometimes known as warehouse credit facilities), customer payments of principal and interest on finance receivables, fees
for origination of automobile contracts, and releases of cash from securitization transactions and their related spread accounts. Our primary uses of cash
have been the purchases of automobile contracts, repayment of amounts borrowed under lines of credit, securitization transactions and otherwise, operating
expenses such as employee, interest, occupancy expenses and other general and administrative expenses, the establishment of spread accounts and initial
overcollateralization,  if  any,  the  increase  of  credit  enhancement  to  required  levels  in  securitization  transactions,  and  income  taxes.  There  can  be  no
assurance  that  internally  generated  cash  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  our  cash  demands.  The  sufficiency  of  internally  generated  cash  will  depend  on  the
performance  of  securitized  pools  (which  determines  the  level  of  releases  from  those  pools  and  their  related  spread  accounts),  the  rate  of  expansion  or
contraction in our managed portfolio, and the terms upon which we are able to acquire and borrow against automobile contracts.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $238.0 million, $215.9 million and $198.2 million,
respectively. Net cash from operating activities is generally provided by net income from operations adjusted for significant non-cash items such as our
provision for credit losses and interest accretion on fair value receivables.

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and  2021  was  $359.5  million,  $713.9  million  and  $115.4  million,
respectively.  Cash  used  in  investing  activities  generally  relates  to  purchases  of  automobile  contracts.  Purchases  of  finance  receivables  were  $1,251.0
million (includes acquisition fees paid), $1,673.2 million and $1,107.5 million in 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Cash provided by investing activities
primarily results from principal payments and other proceeds received on finance receivables.

Net cash provided by financing activities were $84.2 million and $484.2 million in 2023 and 2022, respectively. Net cash used in financing activities for
the year ended December 31, 2021 was $50.4 million. Cash used or provided by financing activities is primarily related to the issuance of securitization
trust debt, reduced by the amount of repayment of securitization trust debt and net proceeds or repayments on our warehouse lines of credit and other debt.
We issued $1,235.5 million in new securitization trust debt in 2023 compared to $1,411.0 million in 2022 and $1,110.7 million in 2021. Repayments of
securitization debt were $1,078.4 million, $1,060.1 million and $1,153.1 million in 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

We purchase automobile contracts from dealers for a cash price approximately equal to their principal amount, adjusted for an acquisition fee which may
either increase or decrease the automobile contract purchase price. Those automobile contracts generate cash flow, however, over a period of years. We
have  been  dependent  on  warehouse  credit  facilities  to  purchase  automobile  contracts  and  our  securitization  transactions  for  long  term  financing  of  our
contracts. In addition, we have accessed other sources, such as residual financings and subordinated debt in order to finance our continuing operations.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  acquisition  of  automobile  contracts  for  subsequent  financing  in  securitization  transactions,  and  the  need  to  fund  spread  accounts  and  initial
overcollateralization, if any, and increase credit enhancement levels when those transactions take place, results in a continuing need for capital. The amount
of  capital  required  is  most  heavily  dependent  on  the  rate  of  our  automobile  contract  purchases,  the  required  level  of  initial  credit  enhancement  in
securitizations, and the extent to which the previously established trusts and their related spread accounts either release cash to us or capture cash from
collections on securitized automobile contracts. Of those, the factor most subject to our control is the rate at which we purchase automobile contracts.

We are and may in the future be limited in our ability to purchase automobile contracts due to limits on our capital. As of December 31, 2023, we had
unrestricted cash of $6.2 million and $166.0 million aggregate available borrowings under our two warehouse credit facilities (assuming the availability of
sufficient eligible collateral). As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $21.9 million of such eligible collateral. During 2023, we completed four
securitizations aggregating $1,235.5 million of notes sold. In January 2024, we completed another securitization with $280.9 million of notes sold. Cash
proceeds  from  this  securitization  were  used  to  pay  down  the  outstanding  balance  on  our  two  warehouse  credit  facilities  thus  increasing  the  amounts
available for borrowing under these facilities. Our plans to manage our liquidity include maintaining our rate of automobile contract purchases at a level
that matches our available capital, and, as appropriate, minimizing our operating costs. If we are unable to complete such securitizations, we may be unable
to increase our rate of automobile contract purchases, in which case our interest income and other portfolio related income could decrease.

Our liquidity will also be affected by releases of cash from the trusts established with our securitizations. While the specific terms and mechanics of each
spread account vary among transactions, our securitization agreements generally provide that we will receive excess cash flows, if any, only if the amount
of  credit  enhancement  has  reached  specified  levels  and  the  delinquency  or  net  losses  related  to  the  automobile  contracts  in  the  pool  are  below  certain
predetermined levels. In the event delinquencies or net losses on the automobile contracts exceed such levels, the terms of the securitization may require
increased credit enhancement to be accumulated for the particular pool. There can be no assurance that collections from the related trusts will continue to
generate sufficient cash.

Our  warehouse  credit  facilities  contain  various  financial  covenants  requiring  certain  minimum  financial  ratios  and  results.  Such  covenants  include
maintaining minimum levels of liquidity and net worth and not exceeding maximum leverage levels. In addition, certain of our debt agreements other than
our term securitizations contain cross-default provisions. Such cross-default provisions would allow the respective creditors to declare a default if an event
of default occurred with respect to other indebtedness of ours, but only if such other event of default were to be accompanied by acceleration of such other
indebtedness. As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with all such financial covenants.

We currently have and will continue to have a substantial amount of outstanding indebtedness. At December 31, 2023, we had approximately $2,566.5
million of debt outstanding. Such debt consisted primarily of $2,265.4 million of securitization trust debt, and also included $234.0 million of warehouse
lines of credit, $49.9 million of residual interest financing debt and $17.2 million in subordinated renewable notes.

Although we believe we are able to service and repay our debt, there is no assurance that we will be able to do so. If our plans for future operations do not
generate sufficient cash flows and earnings, our ability to make required payments on our debt would be impaired. If we fail to pay our indebtedness when
due, it could have a material adverse effect on us and may require us to issue additional debt or equity securities.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our material contractual obligations as of December 31, 2023 (dollars in thousands):

Less than    

Payment Due by Period (1)
2 to 3
Years

Total

1 Year

4 to 5
Years

    More than  
5 Years

Long Term Debt (2)
Operating and Finance Leases

  $
  $

17,188    $
4,405    $

5,373    $
1,879    $

3,955    $
831    $

4,066    $
516    $

3,794 
1,179 

(1)

(2)

Securitization trust debt, in the aggregate amount of $2,265.4 million as of December 31, 2023, is omitted from this table because it becomes
due  as  and  when  the  related  receivables  balance  is  reduced  by  payments  and  charge-offs.  Expected  payments,  which  will  depend  on  the
performance of such receivables, as to which there can be no assurance, are $826.3 million in 2024, $618.4 million in 2025, $386.5 million in
2026, $242.8 million in 2027, $152.6 million in 2028, and $38.8 million in 2029.
Long-term debt represents subordinated renewable notes.

We anticipate repaying debt due in 2024 with a combination of cash flows from operations and the potential issuance of new debt.

Warehouse Credit Facilities

The terms on which credit has been available to us for purchase of automobile contracts have varied in recent years, as shown in the following summary

of our warehouse credit facilities:

Facility Established in May 2012. On May 11, 2012, we entered into a $100 million one-year warehouse credit line with Citibank, N.A. The facility is
structured to allow us to fund a portion of the purchase price of automobile contracts by borrowing from a credit facility to our consolidated subsidiary
Page Eight Funding, LLC. The facility provides for effective advances up to 82.0% of eligible finance receivables. The Class A loans under the facility
generally accrue interest during the revolving period at a per annum rate equal to one-month SOFR plus 3.00% per annum, with a minimum rate of 3.75%
per annum and during the amortization period at a per annum rate equal to one-month SOFR plus 4.00% per annum, with a minimum rate of 4.75% per
annum. The Class B loans under the facility generally accrue interest during the revolving period at a per annum rate equal to 8.50% per annum and during
the amortization period at a per annum rate equal to 9.50% per annum. In July 2022, we renewed our two-year revolving credit agreement with Citibank,
N.A., and doubled the capacity from $100 million to $200 million. This facility was amended to extend the revolving period to July 2024 and to include an
amortization  period  through  July  2025  for  any  receivables  pledged  to  the  facility  at  the  end  of  the  revolving  period.  At  December  31,  2023  there  was
$165.6 million outstanding under this facility.

Facility Established in November 2015. On November 24, 2015, we entered into an additional $100 million one-year warehouse credit line with affiliates
of Credit Suisse Group and Ares Management LP. The facility is structured to allow us to fund a portion of the purchase price of automobile contracts by
borrowing  from  a  credit  facility  to  our  consolidated  subsidiary  Page  Nine  Funding,  LLC.  The  facility  provides  for  effective  advances  up  to  85.25%  of
eligible finance receivables. The loans under the facility accrue interest at a commercial paper rate plus 4.15% per annum, with a minimum rate of 5.15%
per  annum.  On  February  2,  2022,  we  renewed  our  two-year  revolving  credit  agreement  with  Ares  Agent  Services,  L.P.  In  June  2022,  we  increased  the
capacity  of  our  credit  agreement  with  Ares  Agent  Services,  L.P.  from  $100  million  to  $200  million.  This  facility  was  amended  to  extend  the  revolving
period to January 2024 followed by an amortization period through January 2028 for any receivables pledged to the facility at the end of the revolving
period. At December 31, 2023 there was $69.0 million outstanding under this facility. Prior to the expiration of the revolving period in January 2024, the
revolving period was extended to March 31, 2024.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Resources

Securitization trust debt is repaid from collections on the related receivables, and becomes due in accordance with its terms as the principal amount of the
related  receivables  is  reduced.  Although  the  securitization  trust  debt  also  has  alternative  final  maturity  dates,  those  dates  are  significantly  later  than  the
dates at which repayment of the related receivables is anticipated, and at no time in our history have any of our sponsored asset-backed securities reached
those alternative final maturities.

The  acquisition  of  automobile  contracts  for  subsequent  transfer  in  securitization  transactions,  and  the  need  to  fund  spread  accounts  and  initial
overcollateralization, if any, when those transactions take place, results in a continuing need for capital. The amount of capital required is most heavily
dependent on the rate of our automobile contract purchases, the required level of initial credit enhancement in securitizations, and the extent to which the
trusts and related spread accounts either release cash to us or capture cash from collections on securitized automobile contracts. We plan to adjust our levels
of automobile contract purchases and the related capital requirements to match anticipated releases of cash from the trusts and related spread accounts.

Capitalization

Over the period from January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2023 we have managed our capitalization by issuing and refinancing debt as summarized in

the following table:

RESIDUAL INTEREST FINANCING:
Beginning balance
     Issuances
     Payments
     Capitalization of deferred financing costs
     Amortization of deferred financing costs
Ending balance

SECURITIZATION TRUST DEBT:
Beginning balance
     Issuances
     Payments
     Capitalization of deferred financing costs
     Amortization of deferred financing costs
Ending balance

SUBORDINATED RENEWABLE NOTES:
Beginning balance
     Issuances
     Payments
Ending balance

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022
(Dollars in thousands)

2021

49,623    $
–     
–     
–     
252     
49,875    $

2,108,744    $
1,235,534     
(1,078,432)    
(7,888)    
7,488     
2,265,446    $

25,263    $
586     
(8,661)    
17,188    $

53,682    $
–     
(4,311)    
–     
252     
49,623    $

1,759,972    $
1,411,018     
(1,060,052)    
(8,681)    
6,487     
2,108,744    $

26,459    $
4,004     
(5,200)    
25,263    $

25,426 
50,000 
(21,265)
(755)
276 
53,682 

1,803,673 
1,110,747 
(1,153,114)
(7,058)
5,724 
1,759,972 

21,323 
12,298 
(7,162)
26,459 

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Residual Interest Financing.  On May 16, 2018, we completed a $40.0 million securitization of residual interests from previously issued securitizations.
In this residual interest financing transaction, qualified institutional buyers purchased $40.0 million of asset-backed notes secured by residual interests in
thirteen CPS securitizations consecutively conducted from September 2013 through December 2016, and an 80% interest in a CPS affiliate that owns the
residual interests in the four CPS securitizations conducted in 2017. The sold notes (“2018-1 Notes”), issued by CPS Auto Securitization Trust 2018-1,
consist of a single class with a coupon of 8.595%. The notes were paid off in February 2022.

On June 30, 2021, we completed a $50 million securitization of residual interests from other previously issued securitizations. In this residual interest
financing  transaction,  qualified  institutional  buyers  purchased  $50.0  million  of  asset-backed  notes  secured  by  residual  interests  in  eleven  CPS
securitizations consecutively issued from January 2018 and September 2020. The sold notes (“2021-1 Notes”), issued by CPS Auto Securitization Trust
2021-1, consist of a single class with a coupon of 7.86%. At December 31, 2023 there was $50.0 million outstanding under this facility.

The  agreed  valuation  of  the  collateral  for  the  2021-1  Notes  is  the  sum  of  the  amounts  on  deposit  in  the  underlying  spread  accounts  for  each  related
securitization and the over-collateralization of each related securitization, which is the difference between the outstanding principal balances of the related
receivables less the principal balance of the outstanding notes issued in the related securitization. On each monthly payment date, the 2021-1 Notes are
entitled to interest at the coupon rate and, if necessary, a principal payment necessary to maintain a specified minimum collateral ratio.

Securitization Trust Debt.   Since 2011, we treated all 49 of our securitizations of automobile contracts as secured financings for financial accounting
purposes,  and  the  asset-backed  securities  issued  in  such  securitizations  remain  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheet  as  securitization  trust  debt.  We  had
$2,265.4 million of securitization trust debt outstanding at December 31, 2023.

Subordinated Renewable Notes Debt.   In  June  2005,  we  began  issuing  registered  subordinated  renewable  notes  in  an  ongoing  offering  to  the  public.
Upon maturity, the notes are automatically renewed for the same term as the maturing notes, unless we repay the notes or the investor notifies us within 15
days after the maturity date of his note that he wants it repaid. Renewed notes bear interest at the rate we are offering at that time to other investors with
similar note maturities. Based on the terms of the individual notes, interest payments may be required monthly, quarterly, annually or upon maturity. At
December 31, 2023 there were $17.2 million of such notes outstanding.

We must comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants related to debt facilities, which require, among other things, that we maintain certain
financial ratios related to liquidity, net worth, capitalization, investments, acquisitions, restricted payments and certain dividend restrictions. In addition,
certain securitization and non-securitization related debt contain cross-default provisions that would allow certain creditors to declare default if a default
occurred under a different facility. As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with all such covenants.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are subject to interest rate risk during the period between when contracts are purchased from dealers and when such contracts become part of a term
securitization.  Specifically,  the  interest  rate  due  on  our  warehouse  credit  facilities  are  adjustable  while  the  interest  rates  on  the  contracts  are  fixed.
Therefore,  if  interest  rates  increase,  the  interest  we  must  pay  to  our  lenders  under  warehouse  credit  facilities  is  likely  to  increase  while  the  interest  we
receive  from  warehoused  automobile  contracts  remains  the  same.  As  a  result,  excess  spread  cash  flow  would  likely  decrease  during  the  warehousing
period. Additionally, automobile contracts warehoused and then securitized during a rising interest rate environment may result in less excess spread cash
flow to us. Historically, our securitization facilities have paid fixed rate interest to security holders set at prevailing interest rates at the time of the closing
of the securitization, which may not take place until several months after we purchased those contracts. Our customers, on the other hand, pay fixed rates of
interest on the automobile contracts, set at the time they purchase the underlying vehicles. A decrease in excess spread cash flow could adversely affect our
earnings and cash flow.

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To mitigate, but not eliminate, the short-term risk relating to interest rates payable under the warehouse facilities, we have historically held automobile
contracts in the warehouse credit facilities for less than four months. To mitigate, but not eliminate, the long-term risk relating to interest rates payable by
us in securitizations, we have usually structured our term securitization transactions to include pre-funding structures, whereby the amount of notes issued
exceeds  the  amount  of  contracts  initially  sold  to  the  trusts.  We  may  continue  to  use  pre-funding  structures  in  our  securitizations.  In  pre-funding,  the
proceeds from the pre-funded portion are held in an escrow account until we sell the additional contracts to the trust. In pre-funded securitizations, we lock
in  the  borrowing  costs  with  respect  to  the  contracts  we  subsequently  deliver  to  the  securitization  trust.  However,  we  incur  an  expense  in  pre-funded
securitizations equal to the difference between the money market yields earned on the proceeds held in escrow prior to subsequent delivery of contracts and
the interest rate paid on the notes outstanding. The amount of such expense may vary. Despite these mitigation strategies, an increase in prevailing interest
rates would cause us to receive less excess spread cash flows on automobile contracts, and thus could adversely affect our earnings and cash flows.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

This report includes Consolidated Financial Statements, notes thereto and an Independent Auditors’ Report, at the pages indicated below, in the “Index to

Financial Statements.”

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, management of the Company has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as
defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the  “Exchange Act”)  as  of  December  31,  2023  (the  “Evaluation
Date”).  Based  upon  that  evaluation,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  concluded  that,  as  of  the  Evaluation  Date,  the  Company’s
disclosure controls and procedures are effective (i) to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that the Company files or submits
under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and
Exchange Commission; and (ii) to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act
is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  to  allow  timely
decisions regarding required disclosures. The certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required under Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act have been filed as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this report.

Internal Control. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting is included in this Annual Report, immediately below. During the
fiscal  quarter  ended  December  31,  2023,  there  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to
provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Therefore,  even  those  systems

determined to be effective can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management, with the participation of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting  as  of  December  31,  2023.  In  making  this  assessment,  we  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the
Treadway Commission (COSO) in the 2013 Internal Control — Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management, with the participation of
the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers, believes that, as of December 31, 2023, our internal control over financial reporting is effective based on
those criteria.

Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, has been audited by Crowe LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm,

as stated in their report which is included herein.

Item 9B. Other Information

During  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2023,  no  director  or  officer  adopted  or  terminated  any  Rule  10b5-1  trading  arrangement  or  non-Rule  10b5-1

trading arrangement, as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions That Prevent Inspections

Not Applicable.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors

PART III

The names of the Company’s directors, their principal occupations, and certain other information regarding them are set forth below.

Charles E. Bradley, Jr.,  64,  has  been  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  since  January  1992,  a  director  since  the  Company’s  formation  in  March
1991, and was elected Chairman of the Board of Directors in July 2001. Prior to that he was President of the Company from March 1991 to December
2022. From April 1989 to November 1990, he served as Chief Operating Officer of Barnard and Company, a private investment firm. From September
1987 to March 1989, Mr. Bradley, Jr. was an associate of The Harding Group, a private investment banking firm. Having been with the Company since its
inception, Mr. Bradley brings comprehensive knowledge of the Company’s business, structure, history and culture to the Board and the Chairman position.

Stephen H. Deckoff, 58, has been a director of the Company since August 2022. Mr. Deckoff has been the Managing Principal of Black Diamond, Capital
Management, L.L.C., (“Black Diamond”), a privately held alternative asset management firm, since its founding in 1995. Prior to 1995, Mr. Deckoff was a
Senior Vice President of Kidder, Peabody & Co. Inc. (“Kidder”) and head of its Structured Finance Group. Prior to joining Kidder, Mr. Deckoff was a
Managing Director in the Structured Finance Group at Bear Stearns & Co., Inc. (“Bear Stearns”) Before joining Bear Stearns, Mr. Deckoff worked in the
Structured Finance Department of Chemical Securities, Inc. and the Fixed Income Research Department at Drexel Burnham Lambert. In June 2023, Mr.
Deckoff joined the Board of KVH Industries, Inc., a publicly traded company providing connectivity solutions to primarily maritime customers globally.
Mr. Deckoff brings to the Board his extensive financial experience and expertise.

Louis  M.  Grasso,  77,  has  been  a  director  of  the  Company  since  October  2019.  Mr.  Grasso  was  the  founder  and  majority  owner  of  PFC  Corporation
(“PFC”)  until  his  retirement  in  November  2011,  upon  sale  of  PFC’s  portfolio  of  assets  to  Capstone  Realty  Advisors.  Over  a  period  of  35  years,  PFC
Corporation originated over $1.8 billion of mortgage loans, and issued $1.8 billion of mortgage-backed securities. He brings to the Board knowledge and
experience bearing in particular on the Company’s strategies for meeting its capital requirements, and broad organizational and management skills.

William W. Grounds, 68, has been a director of the Company since December 2021. From 2008 to 2021, he was the President and COO of Infinity World
Development Corp, the principal business of which was a was a $5 billion investment in the CityCenter mixed use integrated resort property located in Las
Vegas,  Nevada.  Mr.  Grounds  served  on  the  board  of  MGM  Resorts  International,  a  hospitality  and  entertainment  company,  from  2013  to  2021  and  of
Remark  Holdings  Inc.,  a  technology  company,  from  2013  to  2019.  Mr.  Grounds  joined  the  Board  of  PointsBet  Holdings  Limited,  an  Australian  sports
wagering operator and iGaming provider, in December 2022. During his career he has held senior executive positions in major real estate private equity
investment, development and construction entities. Mr. Grounds brings to the Board experience as a director of publicly-traded companies, and skills in
investment and general management.

Brian J. Rayhill, 61, has been a director of the Company since August 2006. Mr. Rayhill has been a practicing attorney in New York State since 1988 and
the managing attorney of the Law Office of Bian Rayhill for the past five years. As an experienced advocate, counselor and litigator, Mr. Rayhill brings
legal knowledge and perspective to the Company’s Board.

William B. Roberts, 86, has been a director of the Company since its formation in March 1991. From 1981 until his retirement at the end of 2020, he was
the President of Monmouth Capital Corp., an investment firm that specializes in management buyouts. Having spent decades in the business of finance, Mr.
Roberts brings to the Company’s Board his perspective and judgment regarding means of financing its business. 

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
James E. Walker III, 61, has been a director of the Company since August 2022. Mr. Walker is Managing Partner and Founder of Vinson Ventures, LLC,
(“Vinson Ventures”), a boutique investment firm focused on building and growing early-stage companies, and the Executive Chairman of IntellPro, a SaaS
based investment management software product for the asset management industry. Prior to starting Vinson Ventures, from June 2020 to August 2021, Mr.
Walker served as CEO and Partner at Palm Ventures, LLC, a private investment firm in Greenwich, CT. From November 2017 to present, Mr. Walker has
been  a  member  of  the  board  of  directors  of  Starwood  Real  Estate  Trust,  a  private  real  estate  investment  firm,  and  has  served  as  the  lead  independent
director. From 2018 to present, Mr. Walker has also served as a senior partner at Jadian Capital, an alternative investment firm. From 2008 through 2017,
Mr. Walker was a Managing Partner of Fir Tree Partners (“Fir Tree”), a global alternative asset management firm. Prior to joining Fir Tree, Mr. Walker was
a  co-founder  and  Managing  Partner  of  Black  Diamond,  a  privately  held  alternative  asset  management  firm.  Mr.  Walker  began  his  career  in  investment
banking at Kidder and Bear Stearns. In June 2023, Mr. Walker joined the board of Emeco, an Australian mining equipment rental business. Mr. Walker has
served as a director of Clarus Corporation, a publicly traded company focused on the outdoor and consumer enthusiast markets, since February 2022. Mr.
Walker also became a member of the advisory board for certain funds managed by Black Diamond in January 2022. Mr. Walker brings to the Board his
extensive investment management experience.

Gregory  S.  Washer,  62,  has  been  a  director  of  the  Company  since  June  2007.  He  was  the  President  and  owner  of  Clean  Fun  Promotional  Marketing
(“Clean Fun”), a promotional marketing company, from its founding in 1986 through its sale in September 2014. He continued to act as a consultant to
Clean  Fun  through August  2017,  and  is  now  retired.  Mr.  Washer  contributes  to  the  Board  significant  organizational  and  operational  management  skills,
combined with a wealth of experience in promotion and marketing of services.

Daniel S. Wood, 65, has been a director of the Company since July 2001. Mr. Wood was President of Carclo Technical Plastics (“Carclo”), a manufacturer
of  custom  injection  moldings,  from  September  2000  until  his  retirement  in  April  2007.  Previously,  from  1988  to  September  2000,  he  was  the  Chief
Operating Officer and co-owner of Carrera Corporation, the predecessor to the business of Carclo Technical Plastics. As President of Carclo, Mr. Wood was
responsible for the overall operation of that company and for the quality and integrity of its financial statements. He brings to the Board the knowledge and
perspective useful in evaluating the Company’s financial statements, and broad organizational and management skills.

Executive Officers

The information regarding the Company’s executive officers set forth in Part I of this report under the caption “Information about Our Executive Officers”
is incorporated herein by reference. 

Code of Ethics

The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers, which applies to the Company’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer,
controller and others. A copy of the Code of Ethics may be obtained at no charge by written request to the Corporate Secretary at the Company’s principal
executive offices.

Audit and Other Committees

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) has established an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, and a Nominating Committee. Each of these three
committees  operates  under  a  written  charter,  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  The  charters  are  available  on  the  Company’s  website,
https://ir.consumerportfolio.com/corporate-governance. The Board of Directors has concluded that each member of these three committees (every director
other  than  Mr.  Bradley,  the  Company’s  chief  executive  officer),  is  independent  in  accordance  with  the  director  independence  standards  prescribed  by
Nasdaq, and has determined that none of them have a material relationship with the Company that would impair their independence from management or
otherwise compromise the ability to act as an independent director.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  members  of  the  Audit  Committee  are  Mr.  Rayhill  (chairman),  Mr.  Grasso,  Mr.  Washer,  and  Mr.  Wood.  The  Board  has  determined  that  each  Audit
Committee member is independent as defined under Nasdaq Listing Rules and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act.

The  Audit  Committee  is  empowered  by  the  Board  of  Directors  to  review  the  financial  books  and  records  of  the  Company  in  consultation  with  the
Company’s accounting and auditing staff and its independent auditors and to review with the accounting staff and independent auditors any questions that
may arise with respect to accounting and auditing policy and procedure.

The Board of Directors has further determined that Mr. Wood has the qualifications and experience necessary to serve as an “audit committee financial
expert”  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Item  407  of  Regulation  S-K  promulgated  by  the  SEC.  Mr.  Wood,  as  president  of  Carclo,  was  responsible  for  the
preparation and evaluation of the audited financial statements of that company.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The members of the Compensation Committee are Mr. Wood (chairman), Mr. Grounds, and Mr. Roberts.

Compensation Committee Report

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed with the Company’s management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis contained in this
report. Based on such review and discussions and relying thereon, the Compensation Committee has recommended to the Company’s Board of Directors
that  the  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis  set  forth  below  be  included  in  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2023.

THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

Daniel S. Wood (chairman)                  William W. Grounds                    William B. Roberts

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

2023 Say-on-Pay Advisory Vote Outcome

The Compensation Committee annually considers the results of the most recent advisory vote by shareholders to approve executive officer compensation.
In  the  2023  advisory  vote,  a  majority  of  the  voted  shares  (71%)  approved  of  the  compensation  of  our  named  executive  officers.  The  Compensation
Committee interprets that vote as a reason to retain the existing design, purposes and structure of our executive compensation programs. The Compensation
Committee  will  continue  to  consider  the  results  from  future  shareholder  advisory  votes  regarding  executive  officer  compensation  in  its  future
administration of executive compensation.

Compensation Objectives

The  Company’s  objectives  with  respect  to  compensation  are  several.    The  significant  objectives  are  to  cause  compensation  (i)  to  be  sufficient  in  total
amount to provide reasonable assurance of retaining key executives, (ii) to include a significant contingent component, so as to provide strong incentives to
meet  designated  Company  objectives,  and  (iii)  to  include  a  significant  component  tied  to  the  price  of  the  Common  Stock,  so  as  to  align  management’s
incentives with shareholder interests. The Compensation Committee (“Committee”) of the Company’s Board of Directors is charged with administering the
Company’s compensation plans to meet those objectives. To the extent that elements of compensation would not advance such objectives, or would do so
less effectively than would other elements, the Committee seeks to avoid paying compensation in those forms.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Role of the Compensation Committee and the chief executive officer

Our Board of Directors has authorized the Compensation Committee, which is composed solely of independent directors, to make all decisions regarding
executive compensation, including administration of our compensation plans. In that regard, the Compensation Committee:

·

·

·

·
·

·
·
·

Reviews  and  discusses  with  management  the  factors  underlying  our  compensation  policies  and  decisions,  including  overall  compensation
objectives;
Reviews and approves all company goals and objectives (both financial and non-financial) relevant to the compensation of the chief executive
officer;
Evaluates, together with the other independent directors, the performance of the chief executive officer in light of these goals and objectives
and that individual’s overall effectiveness;
Fixes and approves each element of the compensation of the chief executive officer;
Reviews the performance evaluations of all other members of executive management (the chief executive officer prepares and presents to the
Compensation Committee the performance evaluations of the other executive officers);
Reviews and approves each element of compensation, as well as the terms and conditions of employment, of those other executive officers;
Grants awards under our equity compensation plans and oversees the administration of those plans; and
Reviews the costs and structure of our key employee benefit and fringe-benefit plans and programs.

The Compensation Committee is authorized to form subcommittee(s) and to retain experts and consultants to assist in the discharge of its responsibilities.
To date it has not done so.

The chief executive officer, who attends meetings of the Compensation Committee by invitation of the Committee’s chairman, assists the Committee in
determining the compensation of our other executive officers by, among other things:

·
·

Proposing annual merit increases to the base salaries of the other executive officers;
Establishing  annual  individual  performance  objectives  for  the  other  executive  officers  and  evaluating  their  performance  against  such
objectives (the Committee reviews these performance evaluations); and

· Making recommendations, from time to time, for special stock option and restricted stock grants (e.g., for motivational or retention purposes)

to other executive officers.

The other executive officers do not have a role in determining their own compensation, other than to discuss their annual individual performance objectives
and results achieved with the chief executive officer.

Our Overall Approach

The Committee has put into place a compensation system consisting of three key components: base salary, an annual cash bonus pursuant to an incentive
plan, and long-term equity incentives in the form of stock options.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below provides comparative information regarding the components of our year 2023 executive compensation program. We are applying the same
elements in our executive compensation program for the year 2024.

Element
Base Salary

Annual Incentive Bonus

Form
Cash

Cash

Objectives and Basis
· Attract and retain high quality personnel
· Targeted to be superior to compensation offered by our competitors
· Achieve objectives set annually
· Annual bonus amount is set and computed as a percentage of base salary
· Actual payout determined by Company and individual performance
· Target total cash (base salary + target bonus) designed to be superior to compensation offered by

our competitors

Long-Term Incentive
Compensation

Stock options

· Align interests of executives with those of shareholders;
· Target long-term incentive award size designed to retain executives through long-term vesting

and the potential for wealth accumulation, contingent on benefit to the shareholders

The Committee has from time to time considered providing additional elements of executive compensation. It has considered elements such as restricted
stock  awards,  restricted  stock  units,  compensation  contingent  on  a  change  in  control,  defined  benefit  pension  plans,  deferred  cash  compensation,  and
supplemental retirement plans (supplemental in the sense that they exceed the limits for tax advantaged treatment). To date, the Committee has elected not
to pay compensation in such forms, having determined that the Company’s objectives are better met by one or more of the elements of compensation that it
does pay.

Regarding restricted stock and restricted stock units, the Committee has noted that any form of equity equivalent to or closely tied to common stock does
serve  to  meet  the  objective  of  aligning  officers’  personal  interest  with  that  of  the  shareholders  generally.  The  Committee  believes,  however,  that  the
objective is better met by grants of stock options than by grants of share equivalents, because recipients of the grants will face the same degree of variance
in results at a lesser cost to the Company, when option grants are compared to grants of restricted stock units. Further, unlike restricted stock, option grants
will not provide a reward to the holder absent an improvement over time in the Company’s stock price. The Committee has elected not to provide material
perquisites as compensation, having determined that cash is a better medium of exchange.

Regarding compensation that would be payable contingent on a change in control of the Company, the Committee believes that there are certain legitimate
objectives  to  be  met  by  such  contingent  compensation.  As  of  the  date  of  this  report,  however,  no  such  contingent  compensation  plans  are  in  place.
Regarding  defined  benefit  pension  plans,  deferred  cash  compensation  and  supplemental  retirement  plans,  the  Committee  believes  that  the  Company’s
retention objective is better met by straight cash payments, whether in the form of base salary or in the form of bonus compensation. In particular with
respect  to  plans  for  deferred  compensation,  the  Committee  believes  those  make  sense  for  the  Company  and  for  the  recipient  only  on  the  basis  of
assumptions regarding future tax rates payable by each. Having no assurance that such assumptions would be correct, the Committee has chosen not to put
into place any special deferred compensation programs for the company’s executive officers. Those officers do participate in a company-sponsored tax-
deferred savings plan, commonly known as a 401(k) plan, on the same terms available to company employees generally.

The Committee may in the future revisit its conclusions as to any of the components discussed above, or may consider other forms of compensation.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Base Salary Element

With respect to the retention objective, the Committee considers an executive’s base salary to be the most critical component. Acting primarily on the basis
of recommendations of the chief executive officer, the Committee adjusts other officers’ base salaries annually, with the adjustment generally consisting of
a 2% to 10% increase from the prior year’s rate. Where exceptional circumstances apply, such as recruitment of a new executive officer, a promotion to
executive officer status or a special need to retain an individual officer, the chief executive officer may recommend, and the Committee may approve, a
larger increase.

The  Company’s  general  approach  in  setting  the  annual  compensation  of  its  named  executive  officers  is  to  set  those  officers’  base  compensation  by
reference to their base rates for the preceding year. During the year ended December 2023 the Company’s chief executive officer, Charles E. Bradley, Jr.,
received $995,000 in base salary. In setting that rate in the first quarter of 2023, the Committee considered the base salary rate that the Company had paid
in  the  prior  year  ($995,000),  the  desirability  of  providing  an  annual  increase,  the  desirability  of  ensuring  retention  of  the  services  of  the  Company’s
incumbent chief executive officer, the Company’s financial performance, and the levels of chief executive officer compensation prevailing among other
financial services companies. The Committee considered whether to adjust officers’ base compensation for 2023, and determined not to increase the base
rate for the chief executive officer. The Committee increased the base rate for each of the other named executive officers in conjunction with each of their
respective promotions in late 2022.

The Annual Incentive Bonus (Executive Management Bonus Plan) Element

To encourage executive officers and key management personnel to exercise their best efforts and management skills toward causing the Company to meet
its overall objective, and toward achieving designated specific individual objectives, the Company has implemented an Executive Management Bonus Plan,
with annual payouts. Under the Company’s bonus plan as applied to the year ended December 2023 the Company’s president is eligible to receive a cash
bonus of up to 160% of his base salary and the executive vice presidents are eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 140% of their base salaries. The chief
executive officer is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to 600% of his base salary. The Committee is expected to evaluate each named executive officer’s
performance and determine the amount of the Executive Management Bonus Plan award earned by the end of June 2024.

The Long-Term Incentive Compensation Element

The Committee also awards incentive and non-qualified stock options under the Company’s stock option plans. Such awards are designed to assist in the
retention of key executives and management personnel and to create an incentive to create shareholder value over a sustained period of time. The Company
believes that stock options are a valuable tool in compensating and retaining employees. Because the exercise price of all options granted is equal to or
above the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, the option holders may realize value only if the stock price appreciates
from the price on the date the options were granted. This design is intended to focus executives on the enhancement of shareholder value over the long
term.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Committee did not grant stock options to the Company’s executive officers.

Other Elements

The  Company  also  maintains  certain  broad-based  employee  benefit  plans,  such  as  medical  and  dental  insurance,  and  a  qualified  defined  contribution
retirement savings plan (401(k) plan), in which executive officers are permitted to participate. Such officers participate on the same terms as non-executive
personnel who meet applicable eligibility criteria, and are subject to any legal limitations on the amounts that may be contributed or the benefits that may
be  payable  under  the  plans.  The  Company  does  not  maintain  any  form  of  defined  benefit  pension  or  retirement  plan  in  which  executive  officers  may
participate, nor does it maintain any form of supplemental retirement savings or supplemental deferred compensation plan.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercise of Discretion

In exercising its discretion as to the level of executive compensation and its components, the Committee considers a number of factors. Members of the
Committee conduct informal surveys of compensation paid to comparable executives within and without the consumer finance industry. The Committee
finds these data useful primarily in evaluating the overall level of compensation paid or to be paid to the Company’s executive officers. Financial factors
considered include earnings, revenue, originations, and budget attainment. Operational factors considered include individual and group management goals;
indicators of the performance and credit quality of the Company’s servicing portfolio, including levels of delinquencies and charge-offs; and indicators of
successful management of personnel, including employee stability. All of such factors are assessed with reference to the judgment of the Committee as to
the degree of difficulty of achieving desired outcomes. With respect to payment of annual bonuses and grants of stock options, the Committee also takes
note of factors relating to the degree of the Company’s success over the most recent year.

Specific Objectives and Evaluation

In  the  first  quarter  of  2023  the  Compensation  Committee  designated  specific  objectives  with  respect  to  the  chief  executive  officer  to  be  accomplished
within the year 2023, and fixed weights to be associated with each such objective. The chief executive officer proposed to the Compensation Committee
specific  annual  objectives  with  respect  to  each  other  executive  officer  of  the  company,  which  the  Committee  approved.  The  Compensation  Committee
anticipates evaluating the named executive officers’ performance in comparison to the goals, determining whether each of these objectives were met, and
determining the amount of the Executive Management Bonus Plan award earned by each named executive officer by the end of June 2024.

Grants of Options

The Committee did not award of stock options to the Company’s officers in 2023. In determining not to make such grant, the Committee considered the
various factors noted above with respect to option grants generally.

Stock Ownership, Hedging and Pledging

Our board of directors and Compensation Committee have considered whether to establish a minimum stock ownership goal for members of our senior
management. We have elected not to do so, considering that such a policy would either be strict and mandatory, in which case it would undermine the
compensatory objectives of our equity compensation plans, or would be merely hortatory, in which case it could be expected to have little effect. We’ve
also noted that the multiyear vesting terms of the equity incentives granted under our plans have the effect of aligning our executives’ individual personal
financial incentives with the future price performance of the Company’s stock.

As part of our comprehensive compliance policy, we remind all company executive officers of the mandatory legal prohibition on selling short company
shares. We also prohibit company executive officers from entering into transactions that would have the effect of causing those individuals to benefit from a
decline in the price of the company stock, such as the purchase of “put” options. We prohibit such “hedging” transactions but we do not find it appropriate
to prohibit our executive officers from pledging their shares of company stock as security for a loan. We believe that the beneficial incentives of owning
company stock remain substantially the same with or without such a pledge.

Summary of Compensation

The following table summarizes all compensation earned during the three fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 by the Company’s chief executive officer,
its  chief  financial  officer,  and  the  other  three  most  highly  compensated  individuals  (such  five  individuals,  the  “named  executive  officers”)  who  were
serving in such position or as executive officers at any time in 2023. It lists their names, their principal positions in which they served in those years, and
each component of compensation paid with respect to those years.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position (1)
Charles E. Bradley, Jr.
Chief Executive Officer

Michael T. Lavin
President
  & Chief Operating Officer

Danny Bharwani
Executive Vice President
  & Chief Financial Officer

Teri L. Robinson
Executive Vice President
  - Sales & Originations

Laurie A. Straten
Executive Vice President
  -  Servicing

Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
(2)

Salary

Option

Awards (3)    

All Other
Compensation
(4)

Total

  $

995,000    $
995,000     
995,000     

–    $
3,980,000     
2,900,000     

–    $
5,885,850     
795,300     

342    $
995,342 
351      10,861,201 
4,690,660 
360     

452,000     
411,000     
411,000     

–     
575,000     
575,000     

–     
448,200     
238,590     

371,000     
331,000     

–     
324,000     

–     
298,800     

386,000     
368,000     
368,000     

386,000     
368,000     
368,000     

–     
401,000     
403,000     

–     
361,000     
359,000     

–     
298,800     
159,060     

–     
298,800     
159,060     

342     
351     
360     

342     
351     

342     
351     
360     

342     
351     
360     

452,342 
1,434,551 
1,224,950 

371,342 
954,151 

386,342 
1,068,151 
930,420 

386,342 
1,028,151 
886,420 

Year
2023
2022
2021

2023
2022
2021

2023
2022

2023
2022
2021

2023
2022
2021

(1) Mr. Bharwani was appointed chief financial officer of the Company in September 2022.
(2)

The  amount  of  the  Non-Equity  Incentive  Plan  Compensation  award  for  2023  is  not  calculable  through  the  latest  practicable  date  and  this
amount is expected to be determined by the end of June 2024. Such amount, when finally determined, will be disclosed in a filing under Item
5.02(f) of Form 8-K.
Represents the dollar value accrued for financial accounting purposes in connection with the grant of such options, computed in accordance
with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 and SFAS 123R. Value was estimated using a Black-
Scholes  model  for  2021  and  2022.  For  the  options  granted  on January 24, 2022, the weighted average fair value per option was $5.8558,
based on assumptions of 4.11 years expected life, expected volatility of 75.26%, and a risk-free rate of 1.43%. For the options granted on June
24,  2022,  the  weighted  average  fair  value  per  option  was  $4.98,  based  on  assumptions  of  4.11  years  expected  life,  expected  volatility  of
75.15%, and a risk-free rate of 3.13%. For the year 2021 the weighted average fair value per option was $2.6510, based on assumptions of
4.11 years expected life, expected volatility of 71.38%, and a risk-free rate of 0.51%. No option awards were granted in 2023.
Amounts in this column represent premiums paid by the Company for group life insurance.

(3)

(4)

63

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Last Fiscal Year

In the year ended December 31, 2023, we did not grant any options, stock awards, or stock appreciation rights to any of our named executive officers.

Our named executive officers are eligible for awards under our Executive Management Bonus Plan, which are expected to be determined by the end of
June 2024. The table below provides information regarding the awards for which the named executive officers are eligible for the year 2023.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

Name
Mr. Bradley
Mr. Lavin
Mr. Bharwani
Ms. Robinson
Ms. Straten

Estimated future payouts under non-equity incentive plan awards
Target

Threshold

Maximum

  $

–    $
–     
–     
–     
–     

5,970,000    $
723,200     
519,400     
540,400     
540,400     

5,970,000 
723,200 
519,400 
540,400 
540,400 

The  “target”  and  “maximum”  figures  appearing  in  the  table  above  represent  the  maximum  cash  payout  under  the  individual  executives’  Executive
Management Bonus Plan awards as of the date the incentive was fixed. The chief executive officer, Mr. Bradley, is eligible to receive a cash bonus of up to
600%  of  his  base  salary.  The  Company’s  president,  Mr.  Lavin,  is  eligible  to  receive  a  cash  bonus  of  up  to  160%  of  his  base  salary.  The  other  named
executive  officers,  as  executive  vice  presidents,  are  eligible  to  receive  a  cash  bonus  of  up  to  140%  of  their  base  salaries.  The  actual  payout  to  each
individual named in the table above has not been determined as of the date of this report.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-end

The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2023 the number of unexercised options held by each of the named executive officers, the number of
shares  subject  to  then  exercisable  and  unexercisable  options  held  by  such  persons  and  the  exercise  price  and  expiration  date  of  each  such  option.  Each
option  referred  to  in  the  table  was  granted  at  an  option  price  per  share  no  less  than  the  fair  market  value  per  share  on  the  date  of  grant.  None  of  such
individuals holds a stock award; accordingly, only information concerning option awards is presented.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name
Charles E. Bradley, Jr.

Michael T. Lavin

Danny Bharwani

Teri L. Robinson

Laurie A. Straten

Number of securities
underlying
unexercised options
(exercisable)

Number of securities
underlying
unexercised options
(unexercisable)

300,000     
300,000     
300,000     
180,000     
150,000     
187,500     
75,000     

90,000     
90,000     
90,000     
112,500     
45,000     
22,500     

60,000     
60,000     
60,000     
45,000     
30,000     
15,000     

60,000     
60,000     
60,000     
60,000     
30,000     
15,000     

60,000     
60,000     
60,000     
60,000     
30,000     
15,000     

–  
–  
–  
60,000 (1)    
150,000 (2)    
562,500 (3)    
225,000 (4)    

  Option exercise price    Option expiration date
5/17/2024
  $
5/9/2025
8/8/2026
6/1/2027
8/3/2028
1/24/2029
6/24/2029

4.35   
3.48   
3.53   
2.47   
4.95   
10.32   
10.25   

  $

–  
–  
–  
37,500 (1)    
45,000 (2)    
67,500 (4)    

  $

–  
–  
–  
15,000 (1)    
30,000 (2)    
45,000 (4)    

  $

–  
–  
–  
20,000 (1)    
30,000 (2)    
45,000 (4)    

  $

–  
–  
–  
20,000 (1)    
30,000 (2)    
45,000 (4)    

4.35   
3.48   
3.53   
2.47   
4.95   
10.25   

4.35   
3.48   
3.53   
2.47   
4.95   
10.25   

4.35   
3.48   
3.53   
2.47   
4.95   
10.25   

4.35   
3.48   
3.53   
2.47   
4.95   
10.25   

5/17/2024
5/9/2025
8/8/2026
6/1/2027
8/3/2028
6/24/2029

5/17/2024
5/9/2025
8/8/2026
6/1/2027
8/3/2028
6/24/2029

5/17/2024
5/9/2025
8/8/2026
6/1/2027
8/3/2028
6/24/2029

5/17/2024
5/9/2025
8/8/2026
6/1/2027
8/3/2028
6/24/2029

    (1)    Becomes exercisable as to the unexercisable portion on June 01, 2024.
    (2)    Becomes exercisable as to cumulative increments of one-half of the unexercisable portion on August 3, 2024 and 2025.
    (3)    Becomes exercisable as to cumulative increments of one-half of the unexercisable portion on January 24, 2025 and 2026.
    (4)    Becomes exercisable as to cumulative increments of one-third of the unexercisable portion on June 24, 2024, 2025 and 2026.

65

 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
 
 
   
    
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
 
 
   
    
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
 
 
   
    
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
 
 
   
    
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year

All of the five named executive officers exercised stock options during 2023. The table below shows the realized value and the number of options exercised
for those individuals. None of our officers hold stock awards; accordingly, no stock awards vested during 2023.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

Mr. Bradley
Mr. Lavin
Mr. Bharwani
Ms. Robinson
Ms. Straten

  $

Value realized on
exercise (1)

Number of shares
acquired on exercise  
370,001 
225,000 
175,000 
180,000 
175,000 

2,505,504     
956,700     
975,100     
778,800     
663,900     

(1)

The value realized is the difference between the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise (the closing price
reported by Nasdaq) and the exercise price of the option.

Executive Management Bonus Plan (Non-equity Incentive Plan)

The salary and cash bonus of the named executive officers are determined by the Compensation Committee. The compensation appearing in the Summary
Compensation Table above under the caption “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” is paid pursuant to an Executive Management Bonus Plan (the
“EMB Plan”).   The EMB Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee. Among other things, the Compensation Committee selects participants in
the  EMB  Plan  from  among  the  Company’s  executive  officers  and  determines  the  performance  goals,  target  amounts  and  other  terms  and  conditions  of
awards under the EMB Plan. With respect to officers other than the chief executive officer, determinations of base salary and of criteria relating to the EMB
Plan are based in part on evaluations of such officers prepared by the chief executive officer, which are furnished to and discussed with the Compensation
Committee.

Director Compensation

Throughout 2023, we paid our non-employee directors a retainer of $6,000 per month, with an additional fee of $700 per month for service on a board
committee ($1,200 for a committee chairman). Non-employee directors also received per diem fees of $1,000 for attendance in person at meetings of the
board of directors, or $500 for attendance by telephone. No per diem fees are paid for attendance at committee meetings.

Name of Director
Charles E. Bradley, Jr.  (2)
Stephen H. Deckoff
Louis M. Grasso
William W. Grounds
Brian J. Rayhill
William B. Roberts
James E. Walker III
Gregory S. Washer
Daniel S. Wood

Fees Earned or Paid
in Cash (1)

Total

  $

–    $
74,000     
83,400     
91,800     
106,200     
82,400     
75,000     
97,800     
106,200     

– 
74,000 
83,400 
91,800 
106,200 
82,400 
75,000 
97,800 
106,200 

This column reports cash compensation earned in 2023 for Board and committee service.

(1)
(2) Mr.  Bradley’s  compensation  as  chief  executive  officer  of  the  Company  is  described  elsewhere  in  this  report.  He  received  no  additional

compensation for service on the Company’s Board of Directors.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pension Plans

The Company’s officers do not participate in any pension or retirement plan, other than a tax-qualified defined contribution plan (commonly known as a
401(k) plan).

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

This section provides information regarding payments and benefits to the named executive officers that would be triggered by termination of the officer’s
employment (including resignation, or voluntary termination; severance, or involuntary termination; and retirement) or a change of control of the Company.

Each of the named executive officers is an at-will employee and, as such, does not have an employment contract. In addition, if the officer’s employment
terminates for any reason other than a change of control of the Company, any unvested stock options are terminated, and vested options become subject to
accelerated  expiration:  ordinarily  three  months  following  separation  from  service,  or  twelve  months  in  the  case  of  disability,  retirement  or  death.
Accordingly, there are no payments or benefits that are triggered by any termination event (including resignation and severance) other than in connection
with a change of control of the Company.

Benefits Triggered by Change of Control or Termination after Change of Control

Our stock option plans provide that each employee of ours who holds outstanding unexpired options under our stock option may have the right to exercise
such options following a change of control of the Company, without regard to the date such option would first be exercisable. Each of the named executive
officers  holds  such  options.  The  “acceleration”  of  options  is  mandatory  following  certain  changes  of  control,  and  subject  to  the  discretion  of  the
Compensation Committee following certain others. Acceleration is mandatory in the event of (i) the sale, or other disposition of substantially all of the
Company’s assets, or (ii) a merger or similar transaction in which shareholders of the Company hold less than 50% of the shares of the surviving entity;
provided, however, that acceleration following a merger or similar transaction is mandatory only if the holder suffers a Qualifying Termination (defined
below)  within  one  year  following  the  transaction,  or  if  the  surviving  entity  does  not  provide  the  holder  with  an  equivalent  award.  Acceleration  is  also
mandatory if a holder suffers a Qualifying Termination within one year following (iii) a change within a three-year period in the membership of a majority
of the board of directors (excluding changes recommended by the board), or (iv) a person’s acquisition of outstanding voting securities of the Company,
other than directly from the Company and without approval of the board, resulting in that person’s having beneficial ownership of greater than 25% of the
Company.

Under our stock option plans, the Compensation Committee may exercise its discretion to provide for acceleration under other circumstances than those
described  above  with  respect  to  any  particular  stock  option  or  class  of  stock  options.  The  committee  would  expect  to  exercise  its  discretion  with  the
intention of preserving the value of the stock option award. To date, such discretion has not been exercised. A “Qualifying Termination” is a termination of
the holder’s employment by the Company other than for cause, disability or death, or by the holder for “good reason” (principally relating to a material
diminution in the holder’s authority, compensation or responsibilities, or a relocation of greater than 50 miles). The preceding description applies to options
held by officers and employees. Options issued to non-employee directors accelerate without the exercise of discretion upon any of the four categories of
change of control described above.

As of December 31, 2023, each of the named executive officers would realize a benefit if unvested stock options were to become immediately exercisable
upon a change in control, based on the value of the shares underlying such options at the closing market price on December 30, 2023, which was $9.37 per
share. The respective amounts of such possible benefit are set forth in the following table:

Mr. Bradley
Mr. Lavin
Mr. Bharwani
Ms. Robinson
Ms. Straten

67

Potential Value Upon
Acceleration

  $

1,077,000 
457,650 
236,100 
270,600 
270,600 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Management Structure

The board of directors is responsible for overseeing the management of the Company. Its oversight is aimed at seeing to it that the Company’s business is
managed to meet our goals, and that the interests of the shareholders are served.

Charles E. Bradley, Jr. currently serves as both the chairman of the board and our chief executive officer, and is the only member of our board who is not
independent  of  the  Company.  The  Nominating  Committee  has  determined  that  the  remaining  directors  and  director  nominees  are  “independent”  under
applicable independence standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Our board has chosen not to designate any individual formally as the lead independent
director. Each director retains his full oversight responsibility.

Our  board  structure  supports  the  independence  of  our  non-management  directors.  Our  Audit  Committee,  Compensation  Committee  and  Nominating
Committee are each composed solely of independent directors. Our bylaws provide that any two directors have the authority to call meetings of the board
of directors, as do specified officers, including the president and the secretary. To enhance the possible use of that authority by independent directors, the
corporate secretary is under standing instructions to call a meeting at the instance of any one director.

The  board  believes  that  combining  the  chairman  and  chief  executive  officer  positions  is  currently  the  most  effective  leadership  structure  given  Mr.
Bradley’s in-depth knowledge of our business and industry and his demonstrated ability to formulate and implement strategic initiatives. Mr. Bradley is
continuously  involved  in  developing  and  implementing  our  strategies,  working  closely  with  the  company’s  other  senior  executives  to  seek  continued
disciplined growth and excellence in operations. His close involvement in management places Mr. Bradley in the best position to decide which business
issues require consideration by the independent directors of the board. In addition, having a combined chairman and chief executive officer enables us to
speak with a unified voice to shareholders, customers and others concerned with our company. The board believes that combining the chief executive and
chairman roles, as part of a governance structure that includes oversight of management responsibilities by independent directors, provides the preferred
system for meeting the requirement that the Company be managed in the best interest of our shareholders.

Risk Oversight

The board’s overall responsibility for directing the management of the Company includes risk oversight. The risk oversight function is performed at the
board level, and by the Audit and Compensation Committees.

The board of directors as a whole in its regular meetings discusses and considers the risk inherent in the existing business of the Company and in proposed
initiatives.  Because  the  Company’s  business  consists  of  extending  consumer  credit  to  individuals  believed  to  be  of  higher  risk  than  others  (sub-prime
credit), the assessment of the risk assumed in such extensions of credit is a primary consideration on the part of the board. Risk oversight is also a key
function of the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee.

The principal risk management function performed by the Audit Committee is the ongoing assessment of the credit estimates and allowances periodically
recorded in the Company’s books. The committee reviews that assessment regularly. Other risk assessments performed by the Audit Committee include
assessments of contingent liabilities, and of other reserves and allowances.

The principal risk management functions performed by the Compensation Committee are its setting and evaluation of objectives for the chief executive
officer,  in  connection  with  its  administration  of  the  Executive  Management  Bonus  Plan.  The  committee  recognizes  that  the  company’s  business  of
extending subprime credit inherently includes a conflict between growing the business and managing the risk of credit losses: one means to increase the
company’s business is to offer credit on terms that are priced too low for the risk assumed. The Compensation Committee manages that risk by insisting
that  objectives  to  grow  the  business  are  qualified  by  a  mandate  that  credit  quality  be  maintained  at  appropriate  levels.  To  some  extent,  such  risk
management  is  shared  with  the  Audit  Committee,  which  performs  the  primary  oversight  of  whether  credit  risk  assumed  is  reflected  with  adequate
allowances in the Company’s financial statements. 

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer Pay Ratio

The  Dodd-Frank  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection Act  includes  a  mandate  that  public  companies  disclose  the  ratio  of  the  compensation  of  their  chief
executive office to their median employee (“CEO Pay Ratio”). The CEO Pay Ratio for 2023 is not calculable at this time because Mr. Bradley’s 2023 Non-
Equity  Incentive  Plan  Compensation  award  has  not  yet  been  determined.  The  2023  Non-Equity  Incentive  Plan  Compensation  award  is  expected  to  be
determined by the end of June 2024. Such amount, when finally determined, and the CEO Pay Ratio for 2023, will be disclosed in a filing under Item
5.02(f) of Form 8-K.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The table below sets forth the number and percentage of shares of our Common Stock (our only class of voting securities) owned beneficially as of March
1, 2024 (the latest practicable date) by (i) each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding Common Stock, (ii) each director
and each named executive officer, and (iii) all of our directors and executive officers, as a group. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable
community property and similar laws, each of the persons named has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown as beneficially
owned by such persons. Percent of class is calculated by reference to 21,129,918 shares outstanding on March 1, 2024. Except as otherwise noted, each
person named in the table has a mailing address at 3800 Howard Hughes Parkway, Suite 1400, Las Vegas, Nevada 89169.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
Charles E. Bradley, Jr.
Stephen H. Deckoff
Louis M. Grasso
William W. Grounds
Brian J. Rayhill
William B. Roberts
James E. Walker III
Gregory S. Washer
Daniel S. Wood
Danny Bharwani
Michael T. Lavin
Teri L. Robinson
Laurie A. Straten
All directors and executive officers combined (22 persons)
Black Diamond Capital Management, L.L.C. 2187 Atlantic Street, 9th Floor, Stamford, CT 06902
Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, Building One, 6300 Bee Cave Road, Austin, Texas, 78746

 *Less than 1%

Amount and Nature
of Beneficial
Ownership (1)

Percent of Class

5,585,801  
5,127,165 (2)    
100,300  
34,600  
383,411  
960,078  
0  
572,784  
415,067  
637,639  
794,161  
714,421  
465,872  
17,701,448 (3)    
5,127,165 (2)    
1,623,488 (4)    

24.5% 
24.3% 
* 
* 
1.8% 
4.5% 
* 
2.7% 
1.9% 
3.0% 
3.7% 
3.3% 
2.2% 
67.9% 
24.3% 
7.7% 

(1)

Includes  certain  shares  that  may  be  acquired  within  60  days  after  March  1,  2024  from  the  Company  upon  exercise  of  options,  as  follows:  Mr.  Bradley,  1,680,000
shares;  Mr.  Grasso,  90,000  shares;  Mr.  Grounds,  30,000  shares;  Mr.  Rayhill,  195,000  shares;  Mr.  Roberts,  60,000  shares;  Mr.  Washer,  180,000  shares;  Mr.  Wood,
195,000 shares; Mr. Bharwani, 270,000 shares; Mr. Lavin, 450,000 shares; Ms. Robinson, 285,000 shares; and Ms. Straten, 285,000 shares.  Of Mr. Bradley’s shares,
1,685,878 are pledged to secure loan(s) to him. The calculation of beneficial ownership also includes, in the case of the executive officers, an approximate number of
shares  each  executive  officer  could  be  deemed  to  hold  through  contributions  made  to  the  Company’s  Employee  401(k)  Plan  (the  “401(k)  Plan”).  The  401(k)  Plan
provides  an  option  for  all  participating  employees  to  purchase  stock  in  the  Company  indirectly  by  buying  units  in  a  mutual  fund.  Each  “unit”  in  the  mutual  fund
represents an interest in Company stock, cash and cash equivalents.

(2) These  shares  are  held  directly  by  certain  Black  Diamond  investment  vehicles  (“Black  Diamond  vehicles”).  Black  Diamond  Capital  Management,  L.L.C.  (“Black
Diamond”) exercises investment discretion on behalf of investment advisory affiliates that serve as investment advisers to the Black Diamond vehicles. Mr. Deckoff is
the Managing Principal of Black Diamond. Mr. Deckoff disclaims beneficial ownership over the shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
Includes  4,982,440  shares  that  are  not  outstanding  as  of  the  date  of  this  report,  but  which  may  be  acquired  within  60  days  after  March  1,  2024    upon  exercise  of
options.

(3)

(4) Based on a report on Schedule 13G/A filed by the named person on February 9, 2024.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information

The table below presents information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, including the CPS 2006 Long-Term
Equity Incentive Plan, as of December 31, 2023.

Plan Category
Plans approved by shareholders
Plans not approved by shareholders
Total

Outstanding
Options

8,124,940    $
None     
8,124,940    $

Weighted average
exercise price of
Outstanding
Options

Number of
securities remaining
available for future
issuance under
equity
compensation plans  
2,683,830 
N/A 
2,683,830 

5.11     
N/A     
5.11     

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Subordinated  Notes.  The  Company  has  offered  and  sold  its  subordinated  notes  in  a  continuous  public  offering.  Executive  officer  Teri  L.  Robinson  has
purchased such notes directly from the Company in the offering, in each case on the same terms then offered to the public generally. The largest aggregate
amount of principal outstanding on Ms. Robinson’s notes in 2023 was $540,578. The amount of principal outstanding as of March 1, 2024 was $330,548.
In 2023, the Company paid $950,548 of principal on such notes, which includes principal paid more than once due to the renewal of matured notes during
the year. That same year, the Company paid $25,293 of interest at rates fixed at the time of purchase of each note. The interest rate on such notes ranges
from 4.9% to 7.15%. 

Executive  officer  Steve  Schween  purchased  such  subordinated  notes  from  the  Company  before  he  became  an  executive  officer.  The  largest  aggregate
amount of principal outstanding on Mr. Schween’s note in 2023 was $665,460. The amount of principal outstanding as of March 1, 2024 was $665,460. In
2023, the Company paid $130,570 in interest at a rate fixed at the time of purchase of the note. The interest rate on the note is 12.25%.

Employment.  Ms.  Noel  Jackson,  the  Company’s  Vice  President  of  Servicing,  is  the  sister  of  Mr.  Bradley,  the  Company’s  chief  executive  officer  and
chairman of the board. For fiscal year 2023, Ms. Jackson received annual compensation of a base salary of $181,000 and is also eligible for an award of up
to 78% of her base salary under the Executive Management Bonus Plan described above. Ms. Jackson’s employment with the Company was authorized by
the Board of Directors and her base salary and Executive Management Bonus Plan award is reviewed and approved by the Compensation Committee on an
annual basis.

Other Transactions. In October 2022, before Mr. Schween became an executive officer, the Limited Liability Company of which Mr. Schween is a member
entered into a one-year contract with the Company to provide vehicle data services to the Company. The initial approximate dollar amount involved in the
transaction and Mr. Schween’s interest in the transaction was $130,000. The contract was terminated in May 2023 and the actual dollar amount involved in
the transaction and Mr. Schween’ s interest in the transaction was $80,000.

Policy  on  Related  Party  Transactions  and  Director  Independence.  It  is  the  Company’s  policy  that  transactions  with  related  parties  having  a  control  or
fiduciary relationship with the Company who personally benefit from such transactions may take place only if approved by the Audit Committee or by the
members of the Company’s Board of Directors who are disinterested with respect to the transaction, and independent in accordance with the standards for
director independence prescribed by Nasdaq. Such policy is maintained in writing in the charter of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee has given
general approval to executive officer purchases of subordinated notes that are on terms and rates then available to the public, including the purchases by
Ms. Robinson The transactions with Mr. Schween described above were not subject to approval because they were entered into before Mr. Schween was an
executive officer.

The nine directors of the Company are Charles E. Bradley, Jr., Stephen H. Deckoff, Louis M. Grasso, William W. Grounds, Brian J. Rayhill, William B.
Roberts,  James  E.  Walker  III,  Gregory  S.  Washer,  and  Daniel  S.  Wood,  of  whom  Messrs.  Rayhill,  Grasso,  Washer,  and  Wood  compose  the  Audit
Committee.  The  Board  of  Directors  has  concluded  that  other  than  Mr.  Bradley  (who  is  the  Company’s  chief  executive  officer),  each  of  the  other  eight
directors is independent in accordance with the director independence standards prescribed by Nasdaq, and has determined that none of them has a material
relationship  with  the  Company  that  would  impair  his  independence  from  management  or  otherwise  compromise  his  ability  to  act  as  an  independent
director.

70

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Fees Paid to Auditors

The following table sets forth the fees accrued or paid to the Company’s independent registered public accounting firms for the years ended December 31,
2023  and  2022.  Crowe  LLP  has  served  as  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  since  February  2009,  and  has  reported  on  the
Company’s financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008 through 2023.

Audit and Non-Audit Fees
Audit Fees (1)
Audit-Related Fees (2)
Tax Fees (3)
All Other Fees
TOTAL

  $

  $

2022

2023

920,000    $
190,850     
265,795     
–     
1,376,645    $

960,000 
240,850 
296,000 
– 
1,496,850 

(1)

(2)

(3)

Audit fees relate to professional services rendered in connection with the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements and internal control
over financial reporting, quarterly review of financial statements included in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and audit services
provided in connection with other statutory and regulatory filings.

Audit-related fees comprise fees for professional services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s
financial statements.

The  2022  and  2023  tax  fees  represent  services  rendered  in  connection  with  preparation  of  state  and  federal  tax  returns  for  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries.

Audit Committee Supervision of Principal Accountant

The Audit Committee acts pursuant to a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors. Pursuant to the charter, the Audit Committee pre-approves the
audit and permitted non-audit fees to be paid to the independent auditor, and authorizes on behalf of the Company the payment of such fees, or refuses such
authorization. The Audit Committee is also empowered to delegate such authority to one or more of its members. The Audit Committee has delegated to its
chairman the authority to approve performance of services on an interim basis. In the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, all
services for which audit fees or audit related fees were paid were preapproved by the Audit Committee as a whole, or pursuant to such delegated authority.

In  the  course  of  its  meetings,  the  Audit  Committee  has  considered  whether  the  provision  of  the  non-audit  fees  outlined  above  is  compatible  with
maintaining the independence of the audit firm, and has concluded that such independence is not and was not impaired.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

PART IV

The financial statements listed below under the caption “Index to Financial Statements” are filed as a part of this report. No financial statement schedules
are filed as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the related notes. Separate
financial statements of the Company have been omitted as the Company is primarily an operating company and its subsidiaries are wholly owned and do
not have minority equity interests held by any person other than the Company in amounts that together exceed 5% of the total consolidated assets as shown
by the most recent year-end Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The exhibits listed below are filed as part of this report, whether filed herewith or incorporated by reference to an exhibit filed with the report identified in
the  parentheses  following  the  description  of  such  exhibit.  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  each  such  identified  report  was  filed  by  or  with  respect  to  the
registrant.

Exhibit
Number

3.1
3.1.1
3.2
4.

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
10.2
10.2.1
10.14

Description    (“**” indicates compensatory plan or agreement.)

  Restated Articles of Incorporation (Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-K filed March 31, 2009)
  Certificate of Designation re Series B Preferred (Exhibit 3.1.1 to Form 8-K filed by the registrant on December 30, 2010)
  Amended and Restated Bylaws (Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K filed December 3, 2021)
  Instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of certain consolidated subsidiaries of the registrant are omitted pursuant to the
exclusion  set  forth  in  subdivisions  (b)(iv)(iii)(A)  and  (b)(v)  of  Item  601  of  Regulation  S-K  (17  CFR  229.601).  The  registrant  agrees  to
provide copies of such instruments to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

  Form of Indenture re Renewable Unsecured Subordinated Notes (“RUS Notes”). (Exhibit 4.1 to Form S-1, no. 333-168976)
  Form of RUS Notes (Exhibit 4.2 to Form S-1, no. 333-168976)
  Supplement No. 1 dated December 7, 2010 to Indenture re RUS Notes (Exhibit 4.3 to Form S-1, no. 333-168976)
  Supplement No. 2 dated January 22, 2014 to Indenture re RUS Notes (Exhibit 4.4 to Form S-1, no. 333-190766)
  Supplement No. 3 dated June 14, 2023 to Indenture re RUS Notes (Exhibit 4.5 to Form S-3, no. 333-272653)
  1997 Long-Term Incentive Stock Plan (“1997 Plan”) (Exhibit 10.20 to Form S-2, no. 333-121913) **
  Form of Option Agreement under 1997 Plan (Exhibit 10.2.1 to Form 10-K filed March 13, 2006) **
  2006 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan as amended May 18, 2015 (Incorporated by reference to pages A-1 through A-10 of the definitive

proxy statement filed by the registrant on April 27, 2015)**

10.14.1

  Form  of  Option  Agreement  under  the  2006  Long-Term  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (Exhibit  10.14.1  to  registrant's  Form  10-K  filed  March  9,

2007)**

10.14.2

  Form  of  Option  Agreement  under  the  2006  Long-Term  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (Exhibit  99.(D)(2)  to  registrant's  Schedule  TO  filed

November 12, 2009)**

10.14.3

  Form  of  Option  Agreement  under  the  2006  Long-Term  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (Exhibit  99.(D)(3)  to  registrant's  Schedule  TO  filed

November 12, 2009)**

14
21
23.1
31.1
31.2
32
97
101.INS
101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE
104

  Registrant’s Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers (Exhibit 14 to Form 10-K filed March 13, 2006)
  List of subsidiaries of the registrant (Exhibit 21 to Form 10-K filed March 15, 2023)
  Consent of Crowe LLP (filed herewith)
  Rule 13a-14(a) certification by Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith)
  Rule 13a-14(a) certification by Chief Financial Officer (filed herewith)
  Section 1350 certification (filed herewith)
  Policy Relating to Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation (filed herewith)
  Inline XBRL Instance Document
  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
  Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has caused this report to be signed on its behalf

by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

March 15, 2024

CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. (registrant)

By:

/s/ CHARLES E. BRADLEY, JR.
Charles E. Bradley, Jr., Director and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the  following  persons  on  behalf  of  the

registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

  /s/ CHARLES E. BRADLEY, JR.
  Charles E. Bradley, Jr., Director

and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

  /s/ STEPHEN H. DECKOFF
  Stephen H. Deckoff, Director

  /s/ LOUIS M. GRASSO
  Lou Grasso, Director

  /s/ WILLIAM W. GROUNDS
  William W. Grounds, Director

  /s/ BRIAN J. RAYHILL
  Brian J. Rayhill, Director

  /s/ WILLIAM B. ROBERTS
  William B. Roberts, Director

  /s/ JAMES E. WALKER
  James E. Walker, Director

  /s/ GREGORY S. WASHER
  Gregory S. Washer, Director

  /s/ DANIEL S. WOOD
  Daniel S. Wood, Director

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Crowe LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 173)

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page
Reference

F-2

F-4

F-5

F-6

F-7

F-8

F-9

F-1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Shareholders and the Board of Directors of
Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Las Vegas, Nevada

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December
31, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year  period  ended  December  31,  2023,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “financial  statements”).  We  also  have  audited  the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework:
(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31,
2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2023 in conformity
with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,
effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2023,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework:
(2013) issued by COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  these  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Controls over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control
over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due
to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  financial  statements.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the
design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are
being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

F-2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Critical Audit Matters

The  critical  audit  matters  communicated  below  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  were  communicated  or
required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that:  (1)  relate  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)
involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion
on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical
audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Accounting for Loans at Fair Value

As described in Notes 1 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company carries all finance receivables acquired after 2017 at fair value on a
recurring basis. The Company had $2.7 billion in finance receivables that are carried at fair value, all of which are classified as level 3 fair values as they
contain one or more inputs which are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. With assistance from an outside valuation expert, the
Company used a level 3 fair value methodology for the fair value of finance receivables. The significant assumptions used by the Company to calculate the
fair  value  of  these  financial  receivables  include  the  magnitude  and  timing  of  net  charge-offs  and  the  rate  of  amortization  of  the  portfolio  of  finance
receivables. These significant assumptions were based on the factors that market participants use in pricing similar receivables and are based on the best
information available in the circumstances.

We identified the valuation of finance receivables carried at fair value as a critical audit matter as this estimate requires subjective auditor judgment. Our
principal considerations in making this determination are (i) there was significant judgment and estimation by the Company in determining the assumptions
to estimate fair value, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures related to the fair value of
these finance receivables, and (ii) the audit effort involved professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in evaluating the audit evidence
obtained from these procedures.

Testing the design and operating effectiveness of controls over the application of the assumptions used to support the estimate of loans at fair value
included addressing:

·
·
·

The completeness and accuracy of data
Third-party model review
Review of management’s judgments and significant assumptions over inputs

Substantively testing management’s process, including evaluating management’s judgments and assumptions, for developing the estimate of loans at fair
value included:

·

·

Using an auditor employed valuation specialist to assist in testing the Company’s estimate of fair value of the finance receivables. Testing included
evaluation of certain management significant assumptions and, evaluating the appropriateness of the methodology including a recalculation of the
model.
Testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the fair value of finance receivables estimate.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2008.

Dallas, Texas
March 15, 2024

 Crowe LLP

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash and equivalents
Finance receivables measured at fair value

Finance receivables
Less: Allowance for finance credit losses
Finance receivables, net

Furniture and equipment, net
Deferred tax assets, net
Other assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Warehouse lines of credit
Residual interest financing
Securitization trust debt
Subordinated renewable notes

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Shareholders' Equity

Preferred stock, $1 par value; authorized 4,998,130 shares; none issued
Series A preferred stock, $1 par value; authorized 5,000,000 shares; none issued
Series B preferred stock, $1 par value; authorized 1,870 shares; none issued
Common stock, no par value; authorized 75,000,000 shares; 21,174,856 and 20,131,323 shares issued

and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively

Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  $

  $

  $

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

6,174    $
119,257     
2,722,662     

27,553     
(2,869)    
24,684     

1,372     
3,736     
25,861     
2,903,746    $

62,544    $
234,025     
49,875     
2,265,446     
17,188     
2,629,078     

–     
–     
–     

28,678     
247,857     
(1,867)    
274,668     

13,490 
149,299 
2,476,617 

92,304 
(21,753)
70,551 

1,660 
10,177 
30,974 
2,752,768 

55,421 
285,328 
49,623 
2,108,744 
25,263 
2,524,379 

– 
– 
– 

28,906 
202,514 
(3,031)
228,389 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

  $

2,903,746    $

2,752,768 

F-4

 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share data)

Revenues:

Interest income
Mark to finance receivables measured at fair value
Other income

Expenses:

Employee costs
General and administrative
Interest
Provision for credit losses
Sales
Occupancy
Depreciation and amortization

Income before income tax expense (benefit)
Income tax expense (benefit)

Net income

Earnings per share:

Basic
Diluted

Number of shares used in computing earnings per share:

Basic
Diluted

  $

  $

  $

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

329,219    $
12,000     
10,795     
352,014     

88,148     
50,001     
146,631     
(22,300)    
21,216     
6,374     
847     
290,917     
61,097     
15,754     
45,343    $

305,237    $
15,283     
9,189     
329,709     

84,282     
37,618     
87,524     
(28,100)    
23,039     
7,535     
1,618     
213,516     
116,193     
30,210     
85,983    $

2.17    $
1.80     

4.10    $
3.23     

20,896     
25,218     

20,958     
26,589     

266,266 
(4,417)
5,962 
267,811 

80,534 
34,616 
75,239 
(14,590)
16,876 
7,715 
1,675 
202,065 
65,746 
18,222 
47,524 

2.11 
1.84 

22,562 
25,780 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
    
    
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands)

Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss); change in funded status of pension plan, net of $422,

  $

45,343    $

85,983    $

47,524 

$513 and $2,554 in tax for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively

Comprehensive income

  $

1,164     
46,507    $

(1,409)    
84,574    $

6,949 
54,473 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

F-6

 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)

Balance at January 1, 2021

22,737    $

72,926    $

69,007    $

(8,571)   $

133,362 

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Retained
Earnings

    Accumulated    
Other
    Comprehensive   
Loss

Total

Common stock issued upon exercise of options and

warrants

Repurchase of common stock
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Stock-based compensation
Net income

Balance at December 31, 2022

Common stock issued upon exercise of options and

warrants

Repurchase of common stock
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Stock-based compensation
Net income

Balance at December 31, 2022

Common stock issued upon exercise of options and

warrants

Repurchase of common stock
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Stock-based compensation
Net income

Balance at December 31, 2023

2,291     
(3,884)    
–     
–     
–     
21,144    $

3,127     
(4,140)    
–     
–     
–     
20,131    $

3,020     
(1,976)    
–     
–     
–     
21,175    $

6,048     
(25,676)    
–     
2,000     
–     
55,298    $

15,277     
(46,096)    
–     
4,427     
–     
28,906    $

16,581     
(20,273)    
–     
3,464     
–     
28,678    $

–     
–     
–     
–     
47,524     
116,531    $

–     
–     
–     
–     
85,983     
202,514    $

–     
–     
–     
–     
45,343     
247,857    $

–     
–     
6,949     
–     
–     
(1,622)   $

–     
–     
(1,409)    
–     
–     
(3,031)   $

–     
–     
1,164     
–     
–     
(1,867)   $

6,048 
(25,676)
6,949 
2,000 
47,524 
170,207 

15,277 
(46,096)
(1,409)
4,427 
85,983 
228,389 

16,581 
(20,273)
1,164 
3,464 
45,343 
274,668 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7

 
 
 
 
   
      
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
     
   
 
 
 
 
   
     
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

  $

45,343    $

85,983    $

47,524 

Accretion of deferred acquisition fees and origination costs
Net interest income accretion on fair value receivables
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of deferred financing costs
Mark to fair value of finance receivables measured at fair value
Provision for credit losses
Stock-based compensation expense
Changes in assets and liabilities:

Other assets
Deferred tax assets, net
Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Payments received on finance receivables held for investment
Purchases of finance receivables measured at fair value
Payments on receivables portfolio at fair value
Change in repossessions held in inventory
Purchase of furniture and equipment

Net cash (used in) investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of securitization trust debt
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated renewable notes
Payments on subordinated renewable notes
Net advances (repayments) of warehouse lines of credit
Net advances (repayments) of residual interest financing debt
Repayment of securitization trust debt
Payment of financing costs
Purchase of common stock
Exercise of options and warrants

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

–     
193,541     
847     
9,690     
(12,000)    
(22,300)    
3,464     

4,667     
6,441     
8,287     
237,980     

68,167     
(1,251,020)    
823,434     
446     
(559)    
(359,532)    

1,235,534     
–     
(8,075)    
(53,253)    
–     
(1,078,432)    
(7,888)    
(20,273)    
16,581     
84,194     

–     
135,147     
1,618     
8,207     
(15,283)    
(28,100)    
4,427     

4,171     
9,398     
10,364     
215,932     

133,733     
(1,673,166)    
825,783     
1,899     
(2,149)    
(713,900)    

1,411,018     
4,004     
(5,200)    
181,868     
(4,311)    
(1,060,052)    
(12,299)    
(46,096)    
15,277     
484,209     

651 
134,020 
1,675 
7,114 
4,417 
(14,590)
2,000 

(1,039)
8,937 
7,485 
198,194 

249,098 
(1,107,537)
743,728 
1,329 
(1,976)
(115,358)

1,110,747 
7,988 
(2,852)
(14,503)
28,735 
(1,153,114)
(7,813)
(25,676)
6,048 
(50,440)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

(37,358)    

(13,759)    

32,396 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Cash paid during the period for:

Interest
Income taxes

  $

  $

162,789     
125,431    $

176,548     
162,789    $

144,152 
176,548 

135,203    $
3,552     

76,696    $
16,182     

69,476 
14,253 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-8

 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
    
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
    
      
      
  
   
    
      
      
  
   
    
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
    
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

Consumer  Portfolio  Services,  Inc.  (“CPS”)  was  incorporated  in  California  on  March  8,  1991.  CPS  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively,  the  “Company”)
specialize in purchasing and servicing retail automobile installment sale contracts (“Contracts”) originated by licensed motor vehicle dealers (“Dealers”)
located  throughout  the  United  States.  Customers  located  in  Texas,  Illinois,  Ohio,  California,  Florida,  and  Pennsylvania  represented  7.1%, 6.9%,  6.2%,
6.0%, 5.4%, and 5.0%. respectively, of contracts purchased during 2023 compared with 7.8%, 5.7%, 7.6%, 8.2%, 5.1%, and 4.6% respectively in 2022. No
other  state  had  a  concentration  in  excess  of  5.0%  in  2023.  We  specialize  in  contracts  with  vehicle  purchasers  who  generally  would  not  be  expected  to
qualify for traditional financing provided by commercial banks or automobile manufacturers’ captive finance companies.

We are subject to various regulations and laws as they relate to the extension of credit in consumer credit transactions. Failure to comply with such laws

and regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Principles of Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, certain of which are
special  purpose  subsidiaries  (“SPS”),  formed  to  accommodate  the  structures  under  which  we  purchase  and  securitize  our  contracts.  The  Consolidated
Financial  Statements  also  include  the  accounts  of  CPS  Leasing,  Inc.,  an  80%  owned  subsidiary.  All  significant  intercompany  balances  and  transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, we consider all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash
equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and due from banks and money market accounts. Substantially all of our cash is deposited at three
financial institutions. We maintain cash due from banks in excess of the banks’ insured deposit limits. We do not believe we are exposed to any significant
credit  risk  on  these  deposits.  As  part  of  certain  financial  covenants  related  to  debt  facilities,  we  are  required  to  maintain  a  minimum  unrestricted  cash
balance.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  our  unrestricted  cash  balance  was  $6.2  million,  which  exceeded  the  minimum  amounts  required  by  our  financial
covenants.

Finance Receivables

Finance receivables, which we have the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff, are presented at cost. All finance
receivable contracts are held for investment. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Origination fees, net of certain direct origination
costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the interest method without anticipating prepayments. Generally, payments received on finance
receivables  are  restricted  to  certain  securitized  pools,  and  the  related  contracts  cannot  be  resold.  Finance  receivables  are  charged  off  pursuant  to  the
controlling  documents  of  certain  securitized  pools,  generally  as  described  below  under  Charge  Off  Policy.  Management  may  authorize  an  extension  of
payment terms if collection appears likely during the next calendar month.

Our portfolio of finance receivables consists of small-balance homogeneous contracts that are collectively evaluated for impairment on a portfolio basis.
We report delinquency on a contractual basis. Once a Contract becomes greater than 90 days delinquent, we do not recognize additional interest income
until the obligor under the Contract makes sufficient payments to be less than 90 days delinquent. Any payments received on a Contract that is greater than
90 days delinquent are first applied to accrued interest and then to principal reduction.

F-9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Finance Receivables Measured at Fair Value

Effective  January  1,  2018,  we  adopted  the  fair  value  method  of  accounting  for  finance  receivables  acquired  on  or  after  that  date.  For  each  finance
receivable acquired after 2017, we consider the price paid on the purchase date as the fair value for such receivable. We estimate the cash to be received in
the future with respect to such receivables, based on our experience with similar receivables acquired in the past. We then compute the internal rate of
return that results in the present value of those estimated cash receipts being equal to the purchase date fair value. Thereafter, we recognize interest income
on such receivables on a level yield basis using that internal rate of return as the applicable interest rate. Cash received with respect to such receivables is
applied first against such interest income, and then to reduce the recorded value of the receivables.

We re-evaluate the fair value of such receivables at the close of each measurement period. If the reevaluation were to yield a value materially different
from the recorded value, an adjustment would be required. For the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2023 include a $12.0 million positive mark to
the carrying value of the portion of the receivables portfolio accounted for at fair value. The Company recorded a $15.3 positive mark to for the twelve-
month period ended December 31, 2022.

Anticipated credit losses are included in our estimation of cash to be received with respect to receivables. In accordance with the fair value accounting
standards, credit losses are included in our computation of the appropriate level yield, therefore we do not thereafter make periodic provision for credit
losses,  as  our  best  estimate  of  the  lifetime  aggregate  of  credit  losses  is  included  in  that  initial  computation.  Also  because  we  include  anticipated  credit
losses in our computation of the level yield, the computed level yield is materially lower than the average contractual rate applicable to the receivables.
Because  our  initial  recorded  value  is  fixed  as  the  price  we  pay  for  the  receivable,  rather  than  as  the  contractual  principal  balance,  we  do  not  record
acquisition fees as an amortizing asset related to the receivables, nor do we capitalize costs of acquiring the receivables. Rather we recognize the costs of
acquisition as expenses in the period incurred.

Allowance for Finance Credit Losses

In order to estimate an appropriate allowance for losses likely incurred on finance receivables, we use a loss allowance methodology commonly referred
to  as  “static  pooling,”  which  stratifies  the  finance  receivable  portfolio  into  separately  identified  pools  based  on  their  period  of  origination,  then  uses
historical performance of seasoned pools to estimate future losses on current pools. Historical loss experience is adjusted as necessary for current economic
conditions. We consider our portfolio of finance receivables to be relatively homogenous and consequently we analyze credit performance primarily in the
aggregate rather than stratification by any particular credit quality indicator. Using analytical and formula driven techniques, we estimate an allowance for
finance credit losses, which we believe is adequate for current expected credit losses that can be reasonably estimated in our portfolio of finance receivable
contracts.  Net  losses  incurred  on  finance  receivables  are  charged  to  the  allowance.  We  evaluate  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  by  examining  current
delinquencies,  the  characteristics  of  the  portfolio,  the  value  of  the  underlying  collateral  and  historical  loss  trends.  As  conditions  change,  our  level  of
provisioning and/or allowance may change.

Charge Off Policy

Delinquent contracts for which the related financed vehicle has been repossessed are generally charged off at the earliest of (1) the month in which the
proceeds from the sale of the financed vehicle are received, (2) the month in which 90 days have passed from the date of repossession or (3) the month in
which  the  Contract  becomes  seven  scheduled  payments  past  due  (see  Repossessed  and  Other  Assets  below).  The  amount  charged  off  is  the  remaining
principal balance of the Contract, after the application of the net proceeds from the liquidation of the financed vehicle. With respect to delinquent contracts
for which the related financed vehicle has not been repossessed, the remaining principal balance is generally charged off no later than the end of the month
that the Contract becomes five scheduled payments past due.

F-10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Contract Acquisition Fees and Origination Costs

Upon purchase of a Contract from a Dealer, we generally either charge or advance the Dealer an acquisition fee. Dealer acquisition fees and deferred
origination costs are applied to the recorded value of finance receivables and are accreted into earnings as an adjustment to the yield over the estimated life
of the Contract using the interest method. However, for receivables measured at fair value, we do not record acquisition fees as an amortizing asset related
to the receivables, nor do we capitalize costs of acquiring the receivables. Rather we recognize the costs of acquisition as expenses in the period incurred.

Repossessed and Other Assets

If a Contract obligor fails to make or keep promises for payments, or if the obligor is uncooperative or attempts to evade contact or hide the vehicle, a
supervisor will review the collection activity relating to the account to determine if repossession of the vehicle is warranted. Generally, such a decision is
made between the 60th and 90th day past the obligor’s payment due date, but could occur sooner or later, depending on the specific circumstances. At the
time the vehicle is repossessed we stop accruing interest on the Contract, and reclassify the remaining Contract balance to the line item “Other Assets” on
our Consolidated Balance Sheet at its estimated fair value less costs to sell. Included in other assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets are
repossessed vehicles pending sale of $125,000 and $571,000 December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Treatment of Securitizations

Our term securitization structure has generally been as follows:

We sell contracts we acquire to a wholly-owned SPS, which has been established for the limited purpose of buying and reselling our contracts. The SPS
then transfers the same contracts to another entity, typically a statutory trust (“Trust”). The Trust issues interest-bearing asset-backed securities (“Notes”),
in a principal amount equal to or less than the aggregate principal balance of the contracts. We typically sell these contracts to the Trust at face value and
without  recourse,  except  representations  and  warranties  that  we  make  to  the  Trust  that  are  similar  to  those  provided  to  us  by  the  Dealer.  One  or  more
investors (the “Noteholders”) purchase the Notes issued by the Trust; the proceeds from the sale of the Notes are then used to purchase the contracts from
us. We may retain or sell subordinated Notes issued by the Trust. In addition, we have provided “Credit Enhancement” for the benefit of the Noteholders in
three forms: (1) an initial cash deposit to a bank account (a “Spread Account”) held by the Trust, (2) overcollateralization of the Notes, where the principal
balance of the Notes issued is less than the principal balance of the contracts, and (3) in the form of subordinated Notes. The agreements governing the
securitization transactions (collectively referred to as the “Securitization Agreements”) require that the initial level of Credit Enhancement be supplemented
by  a  portion  of  collections  from  the  contracts  until  the  level  of  Credit  Enhancement  reaches  specified  levels,  which  are  then  maintained.  The  specified
levels are generally computed as a percentage of the principal amount remaining unpaid under the related contracts. The specified levels at which the Credit
Enhancement is to be maintained will vary depending on the performance of the portfolios of contracts held by the Trusts and on other conditions. Such
levels have increased and decreased from time to time based on performance of the various portfolios, and have also varied from one Trust to another.

Our  warehouse  securitization  structures  are  similar  to  the  above,  except  that  (i)  the  SPS  that  purchases  the  contracts  pledges  the  contracts  to  secure
promissory notes or loans that it issues, and (ii) no increase in the required amount of Credit Enhancement is contemplated. Upon each sale of contracts in a
securitization structured as a secured financing, we retain as assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet the securitized contracts and record as indebtedness
the Notes issued in the transaction.

F-11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We  have  the  power  to  direct  the  most  significant  activities  of  the  SPS.  In  addition,  we  have  the  obligation  to  absorb  losses  and  the  rights  to  receive
benefits from the SPS, both of which could be potentially significant to the SPS. These types of securitization structures are treated as secured financings,
in  which  the  receivables  remain  on  our  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet,  and  the  debt  issued  by  the  SPS  is  shown  as  a  securitization  trust  debt  on  our
Consolidated Balance Sheet.

We receive periodic base servicing fees for the servicing and collection of the contracts. In addition, we are entitled to the cash flows from the Trusts that
represent collections on the contracts in excess of the amounts required to pay principal and interest on the Notes, the base servicing fees, and certain other
fees (such as trustee and custodial fees). Required principal payments on the Notes are generally defined as the payments sufficient to keep the principal
balance  of  the  Notes  equal  to  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the  related  contracts  (excluding  those  contracts  that  have  been  charged  off),  or  a  pre-
determined  percentage  of  such  balance.  Where  that  percentage  is  less  than  100%,  the  related  Securitization  Agreements  require  accelerated  payment  of
principal  until  the  principal  balance  of  the  Notes  is  reduced  to  the  specified  percentage.  Such  accelerated  principal  payment  is  said  to  create
“overcollateralization” of the Notes.

If the amount of cash required for payment of fees, interest and principal on the senior Notes exceeds the amount collected during the collection period,
the shortfall is generally withdrawn from the Spread Account, if any. If the cash collected during the period exceeds the amount necessary for the above
allocations  plus  required  principal  payments  on  the  subordinated  Notes,  if  any,  and  there  is  no  shortfall  in  the  related  Spread  Account  or  other  form  of
Credit  Enhancement,  the  excess  is  released  to  us.  If  the  total  Credit  Enhancement  amount  is  not  at  the  required  level,  then  the  excess  cash  collected  is
retained in the Trust until the specified level is achieved. Cash in the Spread Accounts is restricted from our use. Cash held in the various Spread Accounts
is invested in high quality, liquid investment securities, as specified in the Securitization Agreements. In all of our term securitizations we have transferred
the receivables (through a subsidiary) to the securitization Trust. We report the assets and liabilities of the securitization Trust on our Consolidated Balance
Sheet. The Noteholders’ and the related securitization Trusts’ recourse against us for failure of the contract obligors to make payments on a timely basis is
limited, in general, to our Finance Receivables, and Spread Accounts.

Servicing

We consider the contractual servicing fee received on our managed portfolio held by non-consolidated subsidiaries to be equal to adequate compensation.
Additionally, we consider that these fees would fairly compensate a substitute servicer, should one be required. As a result, no servicing asset or liability
has  been  recognized.  Servicing  fees  received  on  the  managed  portfolio  held  by  non-consolidated  subsidiaries  are  reported  as  income  when  earned.
Servicing  fees  received  on  the  managed  portfolio  held  by  consolidated  subsidiaries  are  included  in  interest  income  when  earned.  Servicing  costs  are
charged to expense as incurred. Servicing fees receivable, which are included in Other Assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets, represent
fees earned but not yet remitted to us by the trustee.

Furniture and Equipment

Furniture and equipment are stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation. We calculate depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets, which range from three to five years. Assets held under capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser
of  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets  or  the  related  lease  terms.  Amortization  expense  on  assets  acquired  under  capital  lease  is  included  with
depreciation expense on owned assets.

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of

Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to
future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by
the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying
amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Other Income

The following table presents the primary components of Other Income:

Third-party portfolio
Direct mail revenues
Sales tax refunds
Other
Other income for the period

Earnings Per Share

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022
(In thousands)

2021

  $

  $

9,350    $
–     
1,078     
367     
10,795    $

6,814    $
774     
737     
864     
9,189    $

– 
3,391 
580 
1,991 
5,962 

Earnings per share were calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the related period. The following table illustrates the

computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:

Numerator:
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share
Denominator:
Denominator for basic earnings per share - weighted average number of

common shares outstanding during the year

Incremental common shares attributable to exercise of outstanding options and

warrants

Denominator for diluted earnings per share
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

  $
  $

F-13

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022
(In thousands, except per share data)

2021

  $

45,343    $

85,983    $

47,524 

20,896     

20,958     

4,322     
25,218     
2.17    $
1.80    $

5,631     
26,589     
4.10    $
3.23    $

22,562 

3,218 
25,780 
2.11 
1.84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
    
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Incremental shares of 1.7 million, 1.2 million and 5.7 million  related  to  stock  options  and  warrants  have  been  excluded  from  the  diluted  earnings  per

share calculation for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, because the effect is anti-dilutive.

Deferral and Amortization of Debt Issuance Costs

Costs  related  to  the  issuance  of  debt  are  deferred  and  amortized  using  the  interest  method  over  the  contractual  or  expected  term  of  the  related  debt.

Unamortized debt issuance costs are presented as a direct deduction to the carrying amount of the related debt on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Income Taxes

The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and combined or stand-alone state franchise tax returns for certain states.
We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes, under which deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences
attributable to the differences between the financial statement values of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be
recovered  or  settled.  The  effect  on  deferred  taxes  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  is  recognized  in  income  in  the  period  that  includes  the  enactment  date.  We
estimate a valuation allowance against that portion of the deferred tax asset whose utilization in future periods is not more than likely.

Purchases of Company Stock

We record purchases of our own common stock at cost and treat the shares as retired.

Stock Option Plan

The  Company  accounts  for  stock-based  compensation  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  Topic  718,  Compensation—Stock Compensation,  that  generally
requires entities to recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of stock options, restricted stock or other equity instruments,
based on the grant date fair value of those awards. Compensation cost is recognized for awards issued to employees based on the fair value of these awards
at  the  date  of  grant.  A  Black-Scholes  model  is  utilized  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  stock  options.  This  cost  is  recognized  over  the  period  which  an
employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award, generally the vesting period.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts
of income and expenses during the reported periods. These are material estimates that could be susceptible to changes in the near term and, accordingly,
actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassification

Certain amounts for the prior year have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation with no effect on previously reported earnings or

shareholders’ equity.

F-14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Covenants

Certain of our securitization transactions, our residual interest financing and our warehouse credit facilities contain various financial covenants requiring
certain minimum financial ratios and results. Such covenants include maintaining minimum levels of liquidity and net worth and not exceeding maximum
leverage levels. In addition, certain securitization and non-securitization related debt contain cross-default provisions that would allow certain creditors to
declare a default if a default occurred under a different facility. As of December 31, 2023 we were in compliance with all such financial covenants.

Provision for Contingent Liabilities

We are routinely involved in various legal proceedings resulting from our consumer finance activities and practices, both continuing and discontinued.
Our  legal  counsel  has  advised  us  on  such  matters  where,  based  on  information  available  at  the  time  of  this  report,  there  is  an  indication  that  it  is  both
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably determined.

We  have  recorded  a  liability  as  of  December  31,  2023,  which  represents  our  estimate  of  the  immaterial  aggregate  probable  incurred  losses  for  legal

contingencies. The amount of losses that may ultimately be incurred, over and above such losses as are probable, cannot be estimated with certainty.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In  March  2022,  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2022-02,  Financial  Instruments  –  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326):  Troubled  Debt  Restructurings  and  Vintage
Disclosures. The  amendments  in  this  ASU  eliminate  the  long-standing  accounting  guidance  for  Troubled  Debt  Restructurings  (“TDRs”)  by  creditors  in
Subtopic  310-40,  Receivables  –  Troubled  Debt  Restructurings  by  Creditors,  as  it  is  no  longer  meaningful  due  to  the  introduction  of  Topic  326,  which
requires an entity to consider lifetime expected credit losses on loans when establishing an allowance for credit losses. Thus, most losses that would have
been realized for a TDR under Subtopic 310-40 are now captured by the accounting required under Topic 326. The amendments in this ASU also require
that  an  entity  disclose  current-period  gross  write  offs  by  year  of  origination  for  financing  receivables  and  net  investments  in  leases  within  the  scope  of
Subtopic 326-20, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses Measured at Amortized Cost. The Company adopted ASU No. 2022-02 effective January 1, 2023.
Aside from the changes to the disclosures required by ASU No. 2022-02, the ASU did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-07, “Segment Reporting (Topic 280),” which is intended to enhance the disclosures on reportable
segments.  This  new  standard  will  be  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2023,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  The
Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2023-07; however, at the current time, the Company does not believe this ASU will have a material
impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In  December  2023,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2023-09,  “Income  Taxes  (Topic  740),”  which  is  intended  to  provide  greater  transparency  in  various
income tax components that affect the rate reconciliation based on the applicable taxing jurisdictions, as well as the qualitative and quantitative aspects of
those  components.  This  new  standard  will  be  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  December  15,  2024,  with  early  adoption
permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2023-09; however, at the current time, the Company does not believe this ASU will
have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(2) Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consists of cash and cash equivalent accounts relating to our outstanding securitization trusts and credit facilities. The amount of restricted

cash on our Consolidated Balance Sheets was $119.3 million and $149.3 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Our securitization transactions and one of our warehouse credit facilities require that we establish cash reserves, or spread accounts, as additional credit
enhancement.  These  cash  reserves,  which  are  included  in  restricted  cash,  were  $59.0  million  and  $56.8  million  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,
respectively.

(3) Finance Receivables

Our portfolio of finance receivables consists of small-balance homogeneous contracts comprising a single segment and class that is collectively evaluated
for impairment on a portfolio basis according to delinquency status. Our contract purchase guidelines are designed to produce a homogenous portfolio. For
key  terms  such  as  interest  rate,  length  of  contract,  monthly  payment  and  amount  financed,  there  is  relatively  little  variation  from  the  average  for  the
portfolio. We report delinquency on a contractual basis. Once a contract becomes greater than 90 days delinquent, we do not recognize additional interest
income  until  the  obligor  under  the  contract  makes  sufficient  payments  to  be  less  than  90  days  delinquent. Any  payments  received  on  a  contract  that  is
greater than 90 days delinquent are first applied to accrued interest and then to principal reduction.

In January 2018 the Company adopted the fair value method of accounting for finance receivables acquired after 2017. Finance receivables measured at

fair value are recorded separately on the Company’s Balance Sheet and are excluded from all tables in this footnote.

The following table presents the components of finance receivables, net of unearned interest:

Finance receivables

Automobile finance receivables, net of unearned interest
Unearned acquisition fees, discounts and deferred origination costs, net
Finance receivables

December 31,

2023

2022

(In thousands)
27,553    $
–     
27,553    $

92,304 
– 
92,304 

  $

  $

We consider an automobile contract delinquent when an obligor fails to make at least 90% of a contractually due payment by the following due date,
which  date  may  have  been  extended  within  limits  specified  in  the  servicing  agreements.  The  period  of  delinquency  is  based  on  the  number  of  days
payments are contractually past due, as extended where applicable. Automobile contracts less than 31 days delinquent are not reported as delinquent. In
certain circumstances we will grant obligors one-month payment extensions. The only modification of terms is to advance the obligor’s next due date by
one month and extend the maturity date of the receivable by one month. In certain limited cases, a two-month extension may be granted. There are no other
concessions, such as a reduction in interest rate, forgiveness of principal or of accrued interest. Accordingly, we consider such extensions to be insignificant
delays in payments. The following table summarizes the delinquency status of finance receivables as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Delinquency Status
Current
31-60 days
61-90 days
91 + days

December 31,

2023

2022

(In thousands)
17,771    $
5,626     
3,087     
1,069     
27,553    $

65,764 
16,796 
7,756 
1,988 
92,304 

  $

  $

Finance receivables totaling $1.1 million and $2.0  million  at  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  respectively,  have  been  placed  on  non-accrual  status  as  a

result of their delinquency status.

Allowance for Credit Losses – Finance Receivables

The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of finance receivables to present the net amount

expected to be collected. Charge offs are deducted from the allowance when management believes that collectability is unlikely.

Management estimates the allowance using relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions
and,  reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts.  We  believe  our  historical  credit  loss  experience  provides  the  best  basis  for  the  estimation  of  expected  credit
losses. Consequently, we use historical loss experience for older receivables, aggregated into vintage pools based on their calendar quarter of origination, to
forecast expected losses for less seasoned quarterly vintage pools.

We measure the weighted average monthly incremental change in cumulative net losses for the vintage pools in the relevant historical period. For the
pools in the relevant historical period, we consider each pool’s performance from its inception through the end of the current period. We then apply the
results of the historical analysis to less seasoned vintage pools beginning with each vintage pool’s most recent actual cumulative net loss experience and
extrapolating  from  that  point  based  on  the  historical  data.  We  believe  the  pattern  and  magnitude  of  losses  on  older  vintages  allows  us  to  establish  a
reasonable and supportable forecast of less seasoned vintages.

Our contract purchase guidelines are designed to produce a homogenous portfolio. For key credit characteristics of individual contracts such as obligor
credit  history,  job  stability,  residence  stability  and  ability  to  pay,  there  is  relatively  little  variation  from  the  average  for  the  portfolio.  Similarly,  for  key
structural  characteristics  such  as  loan-to-value,  length  of  contract,  monthly  payment  and  amount  financed,  there  is  relatively  little  variation  from  the
average for the portfolio. Consequently, we do not believe there are significant differences in risk characteristics between various segments of our portfolio.

Our methodology incorporates historical pools that are sufficiently seasoned to capture the magnitude and trends of losses within those vintage pools.
Furthermore, the historical period encompasses a substantial volume of receivables over periods that include fluctuations in the competitive landscape, the
Company’s rates of growth, size of our managed portfolio and fluctuations in economic growth and unemployment.

F-17

 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In  consideration  of  the  depth  and  breadth  of  the  historical  period,  and  the  homogeneity  of  our  portfolio,  we  generally  do  not  adjust  historical  loss
information  for  differences  in  risk  characteristics  such  as  credit  or  structural  composition  of  segments  of  the  portfolio  or  for  changes  in  environmental
conditions such as changes in unemployment rates, collateral values or other factors. Throughout our history we have observed how events such as extreme
weather,  political  unrest,  and  other  qualitative  factors  have  influenced  the  performance  of  our  portfolio.  Consequently,  we  have  considered  how  such
qualitative factors may affect future credit losses and have incorporated our judgement of the effect of those factors into our estimates.

The following table presents the amortized cost basis of our finance receivables by annual vintage as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Annual Vintage Pool

2014 and prior
2015
2016
2017

December 31,

2023

2022

(In thousands)
370    $
1,788     
7,673     
17,722     
27,553    $

1,865 
8,627 
28,632 
53,180 
92,304 

  $

  $

At the adoption of CECL in 2020, the Company recorded an addition to its allowance for finance credit losses of $127.0 million. In accordance with the
rules for adopting CECL, the offset to the addition to the allowance for finance credit losses was a tax affected reduction to retained earnings using the
modified retrospective method.

The Company recorded a reduction to provision for credit losses on finance receivables in the amount of $22.3 million, $28.1 million, and $14.6 million
for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The reserve decrease was primarily due to a decrease in lifetime expected credit
losses resulting from better than expected credit performance for these receivables.

The following table presents a summary of the activity for the allowance for finance credit losses, for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and

2021:

Balance at beginning of period
Provision for credit losses on finance receivables
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Balance at end of period

2023

December 31,
2022
(In thousands)

21,753    $
(22,300)    
(8,064)    
11,480     
2,869    $

56,206    $
(28,100)    
(18,319)    
11,966     
21,753    $

2021

80,790 
(14,590)
(30,940)
20,946 
56,206 

  $

  $

F-18

 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents the gross charge-offs by year of origination of our finance receivables for the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and

2021:

Annual Vintage Pool

2014 and prior
2015
2016
2017
Applied against repos in inventory (net)

2023

December 31,
2022
(In thousands)

2021

325    $
1,031     
3,266     
4,294     
(852)    
8,064    $

963    $
3,047     
6,586     
8,271     
(548)    
18,319    $

3,640 
9,816 
13,330 
14,073 
(9,919)
30,940 

  $

  $

Excluded from finance receivables are contracts that were previously classified as finance receivables but were reclassified as other assets because we
have repossessed the vehicle securing the Contract. The following table presents a summary of such repossessed inventory together with the allowance for
losses on repossessed inventory:

Gross balance of repossessions in inventory
Allowance for losses on repossessed inventory
Net repossessed inventory included in other assets

(4) Furniture and Equipment

The following table presents the components of furniture and equipment:

Furniture and fixtures
Computer and telephone equipment
Leasehold improvements

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

F-19

December 31,

2023

2022

(In thousands)
597    $
(472)    
125    $

1,894 
(1,323)
571 

December 31,

2023

2022

(In thousands)
1,936    $
6,823     
1,570     
10,329     
(8,957)    
1,372    $

1,936 
6,349 
1,570 
9,855 
(8,195)
1,660 

  $

  $

  $

  $

 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Depreciation expense totaled $847,000, $1,618,000, and $1,675,000 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(5) Securitization Trust Debt

We  have  completed  numerous  term  securitization  transactions  that  are  structured  as  secured  borrowings  for  financial  accounting  purposes.  The  debt
issued in these transactions is shown on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as “Securitization trust debt,” and the components of such debt are summarized in
the following table:

Final
Scheduled
Payment
Date (1)

Receivables
Pledged at

  December 31,

2023 (2)

Initial
Principal

    Outstanding
Principal at
    December 31,

    Outstanding
Principal at
    December 31,

Weighted
Average
Contractual
Debt
    Interest Rate at  
    December 31,

2023

2022

2023

March 2025  $
December 2024   
September 2025   
June 2025   
March 2026   
June 2026   
September 2026   
December 2026   
March 2027   
June 2027   
November 2027   
March 2028   
June 2028   
September 2028   
December  2028   
April 2029   
October 2029   
April 2030   
June 2030   
August 2030   
November 2030   
February 2031   
May 2031   
  $

(Dollars in thousands)
–    $
–     
–     
–     
–     
20,167     
24,448     
32,326     
31,101     
36,924     
51,128     
55,081     
69,614     
104,844     
143,579     
158,852     
243,310     
278,732     
232,868     
273,944     
303,157     
281,097     
293,940     
2,635,113    $

190,000    $
201,823     
230,275     
233,730     
254,400     
228,275     
243,513     
274,313     
260,000     
202,343     
252,200     
230,545     
240,000     
291,000     
349,202     
316,800     
395,600     
391,600     
307,018     
324,768     
332,885     
291,732     
286,149     
6,328,171    $

–    $
–     
–     
–     
–     
15,742     
19,725     
27,445     
26,382     
24,197     
43,487     
39,039     
55,684     
85,563     
126,059     
137,479     
213,779     
230,273     
205,583     
231,906     
268,172     
257,568     
271,939     
2,280,021    $

12,939     
17,077     
20,222     
25,563     
32,898     
33,897     
41,515     
53,625     
52,705     
41,736     
72,894     
72,076     
101,206     
147,593     
209,277     
222,613     
325,907     
346,714     
292,461     
–     
–     
–     
–     
2,122,919     

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
6.03% 
5.05% 
4.37% 
4.79% 
7.19% 
4.00% 
1.81% 
2.50% 
2.03% 
2.53% 
2.78% 
4.83% 
5.78% 
7.91% 
6.32% 
6.59% 
6.65% 
7.22% 

Series

CPS 2018-A
CPS 2018-B
CPS 2018-C
CPS 2018-D
CPS 2019-A
CPS 2019-B
CPS 2019-C
CPS 2019-D
CPS 2020-A
CPS 2020-B
CPS 2020-C
CPS 2021-A
CPS 2021-B
CPS 2021-C
CPS 2021-D
CPS 2022-A
CPS 2022-B
CPS 2022-C
CPS 2022-D
CPS 2023-A
CPS 2023-B
CPS 2023-C
CPS 2023-D

_________________________

(1) The Final Scheduled Payment Date represents final legal maturity of the securitization trust debt. Securitization trust debt is expected to become due and to be paid
prior to those dates, based on amortization of the finance receivables pledged to the Trusts. Expected payments, which  will  depend  on  the  performance  of  such
receivables, as to which there can be no assurance, are $826.3 million in 2024, $618.4 million in 2025, $386.5 million in 2026, $242.8 million in  2027,  $152.6
million in 2028, and $38.8 million in 2029.

(2) Includes repossessed assets that are included in Other Assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Debt issuance costs of $14.6 million and $14.2 million as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, have been excluded from the table
above. These debt issuance costs are presented as a direct deduction to the carrying amount of the Securitization trust debt on our Consolidated Balance
Sheets.

All of the securitization trust debt was issued in private placement transactions to qualified institutional investors. The debt was issued by our wholly-

owned, bankruptcy remote subsidiaries and is secured by the assets of such subsidiaries, but not by any of our other assets.

The terms of the various securitization agreements related to the issuance of the securitization trust debt require that certain delinquency and credit loss
criteria  be  met  with  respect  to  the  collateral  pool,  and  require  that  we  maintain  minimum  levels  of  liquidity  and  net  worth  and  not  exceed  maximum
leverage levels. We were in compliance with all such covenants as of December 31, 2023.

We are responsible for the administration and collection of the contracts. The securitization agreements also require certain funds be held in restricted
cash accounts to provide additional credit enhancement for the Notes or to be applied to make payments on the securitization trust debt. As of December
31, 2023, restricted cash under the various agreements totaled approximately $119.3 million. Interest expense on the securitization trust debt is composed
of the stated rate of interest plus amortization of additional costs of borrowing. Additional costs of borrowing include facility fees, insurance premiums,
amortization of deferred financing costs, and amortization of discounts required on the notes at the time of issuance. Deferred financing costs related to the
securitization trust debt are amortized using the interest method. Accordingly, the effective cost of borrowing of the securitization trust debt is greater than
the stated rate of interest.

Our wholly-owned, bankruptcy remote subsidiaries were formed to facilitate the above asset-backed financing transactions. Similar bankruptcy remote
subsidiaries issue the debt outstanding under our warehouse line of credit. Bankruptcy remote refers to a legal structure in which it is expected that the
applicable  entity  would  not  be  included  in  any  bankruptcy  filing  by  its  parent  or  affiliates.  All  of  the  assets  of  these  subsidiaries  have  been  pledged  as
collateral  for  the  related  debt.  All  such  transactions,  treated  as  secured  financings  for  accounting  and  tax  purposes,  are  treated  as  sales  for  all  other
purposes, including legal and bankruptcy purposes. None of the assets of these subsidiaries are available to pay any of our other creditors.

(6) Debt

The terms of our debt outstanding at December 31, 2023 and 2022 are summarized below:

Description

Warehouse lines of credit

Interest Rate
3.00% over CP yield rate (Minimum
3.75%) 8.58% and 7.48% at December 31,
2023 and December 31 2022, respectively  

4.15% over a commercial paper rate
(Minimum 5.15%) 9.63% and 8.60% at
December 31 2023, and December 31
2022, respectively

Amount Outstanding at

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

(In thousands)

$

165,628

$

150,293

Maturity

July 2024

January 2024

68,997

137,585

Residual interest financing

7.86%

June 2026

50,000     

50,000 

Subordinated renewable notes

Weighted average rate of 8.45% and 7.82%
at December 31, 2023 and December 31,
2022, respectively

Weighted average maturity of February
2026 and October 2024 at December 31,
2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively   

17,188

25,263

  $

301,813    $

363,141 

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Debt issuance costs of $599,000 and $2.6 million as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, have been excluded from the table
above. These debt issuance costs are presented as a direct deduction to the carrying amount of the Warehouse lines of credit and residual interest financing
on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

On  May  11,  2012,  we  entered  into  a  $100 million  one-year  warehouse  credit  line  with  Citibank,  N.A.  The  facility  is  structured  to  allow  us  to  fund  a
portion of the purchase price of automobile contracts by borrowing from a credit facility to our consolidated subsidiary Page Eight Funding, LLC. The
facility provides for effective advances up to 86.0% of eligible finance receivables. The Class A loans under the facility generally accrue interest during the
revolving  period  at  a  per  annum  rate  equal  to  one-month  SOFR  plus  3.00%  per  annum,  with  a  minimum  rate  of  3.75%  per  annum  and  during  the
amortization period at a per annum rate equal to one-month SOFR plus 4.00% per annum, with a minimum rate of 4.75% per annum. The Class B loans
under the facility generally accrue interest during the revolving period at a per annum rate equal to 8.50% per annum and during the amortization period at
a  per  annum  rate  equal  to  9.50%  per  annum.  In  July  2022,  we  renewed  our  two-year  revolving  credit  agreement  with  Citibank,  N.A.,  and  doubled  the
capacity from $100 million to $200 million. This facility was amended to extend the revolving period to July 2024 and to include an amortization period
through  July  2025  for  any  receivables  pledged  to  the  facility  at  the  end  of  the  revolving  period.  At  December  31,  2023  there  was  $165.6  million
outstanding under this facility.

On February 2, 2022, we renewed our two-year revolving credit agreement with Ares Agent Services, L.P. The facility is structured to allow us to fund a
portion  of  the  purchase  price  of  automobile  contracts  by  borrowing  from  a  credit  facility  to  our  consolidated  subsidiary  Page  Nine  Funding,  LLC.  The
facility provides for effective advances up to 85.25% of eligible finance receivables. The loans under the facility accrue interest at a commercial paper rate
plus  4.15%  per  annum,  with  a  minimum  rate  of  5.15%  per  annum.  In  June  2022,  we  increased  the  capacity  of  our  credit  agreement  with  Ares  Agent
Services, L.P. from $100 million to $200 million. This facility was amended to extend the revolving period to January 2024 followed by an amortization
period through January 2028 for any receivables pledged to the facility at the end of the revolving period. At December 31, 2023 there was $69.0 million
outstanding under this facility.Prior to the expiration of the revolving period in January 2024, the revolving period was extended to March 31, 2024.

The total outstanding debt on our two warehouse lines of credit was $234.6 million as of December 31, 2023, compared to $287.9 million outstanding as

of December 31, 2022.

On June 30, 2021, we completed a $50 million securitization of residual interests from previously issued securitizations. In this residual interest financing
transaction,  qualified  institutional  buyers  purchased  $50.0  million  of  asset-backed  notes  secured  by  residual  interests  in  eleven  CPS  securitizations
consecutively issued from January 2018 and September 2020. The sold notes (“2021-1 Notes”), issued by CPS Auto Securitization Trust 2021-1, consist of
a single class with a coupon of 7.86%. At December 31, 2023 there was $50.0 million outstanding under this facility.

The  agreed  valuation  of  the  collateral  for  the  2021-1  Notes  is  the  sum  of  the  amounts  on  deposit  in  the  underlying  spread  accounts  for  each  related
securitization and the over-collateralization of each related securitization, which is the difference between the outstanding principal balances of the related
receivables less the principal balance of the outstanding notes issued in the related securitization. On each monthly payment date, the 2021-1 Notes are
entitled to interest at the coupon rate and, if necessary, a principal payment necessary to maintain a specified minimum collateral ratio.

Unamortized debt issuance costs of $125,000 and $377,000 as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, have been excluded from the
amount reported above for residual interest financing. These debt issuance costs are presented as a direct deduction to the carrying amount of the debt on
our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We must comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants related to debt facilities, which require, among other things, that we maintain certain
financial ratios related to liquidity, net worth and capitalization. Further covenants include matters relating to investments, acquisitions, restricted payments
and certain dividend restrictions. See the discussion of financial covenants in Note 1.

The following table summarizes the contractual and expected maturity amounts of our outstanding subordinated renewable notes as of December 31,

Contractual maturity
date

2023:

2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total

(7) Shareholders’ Equity

Common Stock

Subordinated
renewable
notes
(In thousands)

  $

  $

5,373 
3,955 
4,066 
2,337 
235 
1,222 
17,188 

Holders of common stock are entitled to such dividends as our board of directors, in its discretion, may declare out of funds available, subject to the terms
of any outstanding shares of preferred stock and other restrictions. In the event of liquidation of the Company, holders of common stock are entitled to
receive, pro rata, all of the assets of the Company available for distribution, after payment of any liquidation preference to the holders of outstanding shares
of preferred stock. Holders of the shares of common stock have no conversion or preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or
sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

Stock Purchases

For the year ending December 31, 2023, we purchased 1,976,356 shares of our common stock at an average price of $10.26. In January, March, and July
2022  our  board  of  directors  authorized  the  repurchase  of  up  to  $35.0  million  of  our  common  stock.  There  is  approximately  $1.5  million  of  board
authorization remaining under such plans, which have no expiration date. The table below describes the purchase of our common stock for the twelve-
month period ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Open market purchases
Shares redeemed upon net exercise of stock options
Other
Total stock purchases

Twelve Months Ended

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

Shares

Avg. Price

Shares

Avg. Price

670,968    $
1,305,388     
–     
1,976,356    $

10.20     
10.29     
–     
10.26     

3,246,511    $
893,153     
–     
4,139,664    $

10.44 
13.56 
– 
11.11 

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Options and Warrants

In 2006, the Company adopted and its shareholders approved the CPS 2006 Long-Term Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”) pursuant to which our
Board of Directors, or a duly-authorized committee thereof, may grant stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights to
our employees or employees of our subsidiaries, to directors of the Company, and to individuals acting as consultants to the Company or its subsidiaries. In
June 2008, May 2012, April 2013, May 2015, July 2018 and again in November 2021, the shareholders of the Company approved an amendment to the
2006 Plan to increase the maximum number of shares that may be subject to awards under the 2006 Plan to 5,000,000, 7,200,000, 12,200,000, 17,200,000,
19,200,000 and 22,200,000, respectively, in each case plus shares authorized under prior plans and not issued. Options that have been granted under the
2006 Plan and a previous plan approved in 1997 have been granted at an exercise price equal to (or greater than) the stock’s fair value at the date of the
grant, with terms generally of 7-10 years and vesting generally over 4-5 years.

There  were  no  stock  options  granted  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023.  The  per  share  weighted-average  fair  value  of  stock  options  granted
during  the  years  ended  December  31  2022  and  2021  was  $5.42, and $2.65,  respectively.  That  fair  value  was  estimated  using  a  binomial  option  pricing
model  using  the  weighted  average  assumptions  noted  in  the  following  table.  We  use  historical  data  to  estimate  the  expected  term  of  each  option.  The
volatility  estimate  is  based  on  the  historical  and  implied  volatility  of  our  stock  over  the  period  that  equals  the  expected  life  of  the  option.  Volatility
assumptions ranged from 75% to 80% for 2022, and 79% to 71% for 2021. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield on a U.S. Treasury bond with a
maturity  comparable  to  the  expected  life  of  the  option.  The  dividend  yield  is  estimated  to  be  zero  based  on  our  intention  not  to  issue  dividends  for  the
foreseeable future.

Expected life (years)
Risk-free interest rate
Volatility
Expected dividend yield

Year Ended December 31,
2021
2022

4.00     
2.38%     
76%     
–     

4.00 
0.49% 
72% 
– 

For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, we recorded stock-based compensation costs in the amount of $3.5 million, $4.4 million  and
$2.0 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, the unrecognized stock-based compensation costs to be recognized over future periods was equal to
$6.0 million. This amount will be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years.

At December 31, 2023 and 2022, options outstanding had intrinsic values of $8.1 million and $11.2 million,  respectively.  At  December  31,  2023  and
2022, options exercisable had intrinsic values of $6.1 million and $7.8 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $14.5 million
and $23.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. New shares were issued for all options exercised during the year ended
December 2023 and cash of $16.6 million was received. At December 31, 2023, there were a total of 2,684,000 additional shares available for grant under
the 2006 Plan.

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2023 for stock options under the 2006 and 1997 plans is as follows:

Number of
Shares
(in thousands)

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Options outstanding at the beginning of period

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited/Expired

Options outstanding at the end of period

Options exercisable at the end of period

Weighted
Average
Remaining
    Contractual Term  
N/A 
N/A 
N/A 
N/A 
3.14 years 

5.21     
–     
5.49     
4.12     
5.11     

11,167    $
–     
(3,020)    
(22)    
8,125    $

6,062    $

4.31     

2.59 years 

The following table presents the price distribution of stock options outstanding and exercisable for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Range of exercise prices:
$2.00 - $2.99
$3.00 - $3.99
$4.00 - $4.99
$6.00 - $6.99
$7.00 - $7.99
$10.00 - $10.99
Total shares

Number of shares as of
December 31, 2023

Number of shares as of
December 31, 2022

Outstanding

Exercisable

Outstanding

Exercisable

(In thousands)
1,410     
2,473     
2,539     
–     
–     
1,703     
8,125     

1,082     
2,473     
1,929     
–     
–     
578     
6,062     

(In thousands)
1,445     
3,785     
2,739     
740     
748     
1,710     
11,167     

775 
3,495 
1,802 
740 
748 
210 
7,770 

We did not issue any stock options with an exercise price above or below the market price of the stock on the grant date for the years ended December 31,

2023, 2022 and 2021.

(8) Interest Income and Interest Expense

The following table presents the components of interest income:

Interest on finance receivables
Interest on finance receivables at fair value
Other interest income
Interest income

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022
(In thousands)

2021

  $

  $

15,567    $
307,543     
6,109     
329,219    $

35,091    $
268,621     
1,525     
305,237    $

69,783 
196,461 
22 
266,266 

F-25

 
 
 
   
     
   
 
 
 
   
     
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents the components of interest expense:

Securitization trust debt
Warehouse lines of credit
Residual interest financing
Subordinated renewable notes
Interest expense

(9) Income Taxes

Income taxes consist of the following:

Current federal tax expense
Current state tax expense
Deferred federal tax expense
Deferred state tax expense
Income tax expense

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022
(In thousands)

2021

121,409    $
19,192     
4,199     
1,831     
146,631    $

70,627    $
10,310     
4,243     
2,344     
87,524    $

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022
(In thousands)

2021

7,122    $
2,613     
4,307     
1,712     
15,754    $

16,946    $
3,352     
5,573     
4,339     
30,210    $

64,387 
4,448 
3,763 
2,641 
75,239 

8,992 
2,845 
3,012 
3,373 
18,222 

  $

  $

  $

  $

Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 differs from the amount determined by applying the statutory federal rate to

income before income taxes as follows:

Expense at federal tax rate
State taxes, net of federal income tax effect
Stock-based compensation
Non-deductible expenses
Net operating loss carryback
Effect of change in tax rate
Accounting method change
Other

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022
(In thousands)

2021

12,830    $
3,716     
(1,184)    
1,629     
–     
–     
–     
(1,237)    
15,754    $

24,401    $
6,462     
(2,611)    
1,056     
–     
–     
–     
902     
30,210    $

13,807 
3,974 
(947)
1,129 
(1,694)
– 
– 
1,953 
18,222 

  $

  $

F-26

 
 
 
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The tax effected cumulative temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows:

Deferred Tax Assets:
Finance receivables
Accrued liabilities
NOL carryforwards
Built in losses
Pension accrual
Stock compensation
Lease liability
Other

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Finance receivables
Deferred loan costs
Pension accrual
Lease right-of-use assets
Furniture and equipment and other
Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax asset

December 31,

2023

2022

(In thousands)

895    $
1,423     
400     
1,383     
–     
1,131     
883     
–     
6,115    $

–    $
–     
(1,217)    
(803)    
(359)    
(2,379)    

3,736    $

4,870 
1,708 
450 
2,024 
– 
2,172 
1,711 
– 
12,935 

– 
– 
(752)
(1,572)
(434)
(2,758)

10,177 

  $

  $

  $

  $

We  acquired  certain  net  operating  losses  and  built-in  loss  assets  as  part  of  our  acquisitions  of  MFN  Financial  Corp.  (“MFN”)  in  2002  and  TFC
Enterprises, Inc. (“TFC”) in 2003. Moreover, both MFN and TFC have undergone an ownership change for purposes of Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”)
Section 382. In general, IRC Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the ability of a loss corporation (that is, a corporation with a net operating loss
(“NOL”)  carryforward,  credit  carryforward,  or  certain  built-in  losses  (“BILs”))  to  utilize  its  pre-change  NOL  carryforwards  or  BILs  to  offset  taxable
income arising after an ownership change.

In determining the possible future realization of deferred tax assets, we have considered future taxable income from the following sources: (a) reversal of
taxable temporary differences; and (b) tax planning strategies that, if necessary, would be implemented to accelerate taxable income into years in which net
operating losses might otherwise expire.

F-27

 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Deferred tax assets are recognized subject to management’s judgment that realization is more likely than not. A valuation allowance is recognized for a
deferred tax asset if, based on the weight of the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.
In making such judgements, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. Although realization is not assured, we believe that the
realization of the recognized net deferred tax asset of $3.7 million as of December 31, 2023 is more likely than not based on forecasted future net earnings.
Our  net  deferred  tax  asset  of  $3.7  million  consists  of  approximately  $2.3 million  of  net  U.S.  federal  deferred  tax  assets  and  $1.4  million  of  net  state
deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2023, we had net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of $6.6 million. These state net operating losses begin to

expire in 2024.

We  recognize  a  tax  position  as  a  benefit  only  if  it  is  “more  likely  than  not”  that  the  tax  position  would  be  sustained  in  a  tax  examination,  with  a  tax
examination  being  presumed  to  occur.  The  amount  recognized  is  the  largest  amount  of  tax  benefit  that  is  greater  than  50%  likely  of  being  realized  on
examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. We recognize potential interest and penalties related
to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. At December 31, 2023, we had no unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions.

We  are  subject  to  taxation  in  the  US  and  various  state  jurisdictions.  With  few  exceptions,  we  are  no  longer  subject  to  U.S.  federal,  state,  or  local

examinations by tax authorities for years before 2019.

(10) Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The  Company  has  operating  leases  for  corporate  offices,  equipment,  software  and  hardware.  The  Company  has  entered  into  operating  leases  for  the
majority of its real estate locations, primarily office space. These leases are generally for periods of three to seven years with various renewal options. The
depreciable life of leased assets is limited by the expected lease term. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet
and the related lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

We determine if a contract contains a lease at contract inception. Right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized based on the present value of lease
payments over the lease term. In determining the present value of lease payments, we use the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. Right-of-use assets
are included in other assets and lease liabilities are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents the supplemental balance sheet information related to leases:

Operating Leases
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Less: Accumulated amortization right-of-use assets
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

Operating lease liabilities

Finance Leases
Property and equipment, at cost
Less: Accumulated depreciation
Property and equipment, net

Finance lease liabilities

Weighted Average Discount Rate
Operating lease
Finance lease

Maturities of lease liabilities were as follows:

(In thousands)
Year Ending December 31,
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total undiscounted lease payments
Less amounts representing interest
Lease Liability

F-29

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

(In thousands)

29,575    $
(26,651)    
2,924    $

28,397 
(22,613)
5,784 

(3,220)   $

(6,234)

3,474    $
(3,385)    
89    $

(93)   $

5.0%     
6.5%     

Operating
Lease

Finance
Lease

1,787    $
737     
455     
452     
452     
113     
3,996     
(776)    
3,220    $

3,407 
(3,301)
106 

(177)

5.0% 
6.5% 

41 
25 
15 
15 
4 
– 
100 
(7)
93 

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  following  table  presents  the  leases  expense  included  in  Occupancy,  General  and  administrative  on  our  Condensed  Consolidated  Statement  of

Operations:

Operating lease cost
Finance lease cost
Total lease cost

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022
(In thousands)

2021

  $

  $

5,547    $
158     
5,705    $

6,650    $
987     
7,637    $

7,184 
1,229 
8,413 

The following table presents the supplemental cash flow information related to leases:

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022
(In thousands)

2021

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases
Operating cash flows from finance leases
Financing cash flows from finance leases

  $

5,547    $
152     
6     

7,056    $
948     
40     

7,474 
1,118 
111 

Legal Proceedings

Consumer Litigation. We are routinely involved in various legal proceedings resulting from our consumer finance activities and practices, both continuing
and discontinued. Consumers can and do initiate lawsuits against us alleging violations of law applicable to collection of receivables, and such lawsuits
sometimes  allege  that  resolution  as  a  class  action  is  appropriate.  For  the  most  part,  we  have  legal  and  factual  defenses  to  consumer  claims,  which  we
routinely contest or settle (for immaterial amounts) depending on the particular circumstances of each case.

Following  our  filing  of  a  complaint  for  a  deficiency  judgment  in  the  Superior  Court  at  Waterbury,  Connecticut,  the  defendant  filed  a  cross-claim  on
October  16,  2019  alleging  that  our  deficiency  notices  were  not  compliant  with  Connecticut  law,  and  seeking  relief  on  behalf  of  a  class  of  Connecticut
obligors whose vehicles we had repossessed. The complaint seeks primarily damages, injunctive relief, waiver of contract deficiencies, and attorney fees
and  interest.  The  defendant’s  contract  provided  for  resolution  of  disputes  exclusively  by  arbitration,  and  exclusively  on  an  individual  basis,  not  a  class
basis. Nevertheless, in August 2021, the court denied our motion to compel arbitration, without opinion. In April 2022, a motion for certification of a class
was filed but has not been ruled upon. It is reasonable to expect that resolution of these claims will be on a class basis.

Wage and Hour Claim. On September 24, 2018, a former employee filed a lawsuit against us in the Superior Court of Orange County, California, alleging
that  we  incorrectly  classified  our  sales  representatives  as  outside  salespersons  exempt  from  overtime  wages,  mandatory  break  periods  and  certain  other
employee protective provisions of California and federal law. The complaint seeks injunctive relief, an award of unpaid wages, liquidated damages, and
attorney  fees  and  interest.  The  plaintiff  purports  to  act  on  behalf  of  a  class  of  similarly  situated  employees  and  ex-employees.  We  believe  that  our
compensation practices with respect to our sales representatives are compliant with applicable law. In August 2023, the parties settled by agreement the
claims of the plaintiff and a California settlement class for $1.1 million and the settlement remains subject to final court approval.

F-30

 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
     
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Massachusetts Civil Investigative Demand. In September 2021, we received a civil investigative demand from the Office of the Attorney General of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts relating to the Company’s communications with and repossession notices sent to Massachusetts customers. On December
28, 2023 and without admitting any wrongdoing, the Company entered into an assurance of discontinuance with the Office of the Attorney General of the
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  reflecting  the  parties’  agreements  to  settle  and  fully  resolve  allegations  of  the  Company’s  noncompliance  with
Massachusetts  law.  The  Company  agreed  to  make  a  payment  in  the  total  amount  of  $1.24 million  to  an  independent  trust  for  the  purposes  of  making
payments to eligible consumers, paying costs of implementation, and paying the Attorney General’s costs of investigation. In addition, the Company agreed
to pay $75,000 for the fees and costs of a trustee to oversee the trust.

In General.  There  can  be  no  assurance  as  to  the  outcomes  of  the  matters  described  or  referenced  above.  We  record  at  each  measurement  date,  most
recently as of December 31, 2023, our best estimate of probable incurred losses for legal contingencies, including the matters identified above. The amount
of losses that may ultimately be incurred cannot be estimated with certainty. However, based on such information as is available to us, we believe that the
total of probable incurred losses for legal contingencies as of December 31, 2023 is $3.6 million, and that the range of reasonably possible losses for the
legal proceedings and contingencies we face, including those described or identified above, as of December 31, 2023 does not exceed $5.6 million.

Accordingly,  we  believe  that  the  ultimate  resolution  of  such  legal  proceedings  and  contingencies  should  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
consolidated financial condition. We note, however, that in light of the uncertainties inherent in contested proceedings there can be no assurance that the
ultimate resolution of these matters will not be material to our operating results for a particular period, depending on, among other factors, the size of the
loss or liability imposed and the level of our income for that period.

(11) Employee Benefits

We sponsor a pretax savings and profit sharing plan (the “401(k) Plan”) qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the 401(k)
Plan,  eligible  employees  are  able  to  contribute  up  to  the  maximum  allowed  under  the  law.  We  may,  at  our  discretion,  match  100%  of  employees’
contributions up to $2,000 per employee per calendar year. Our matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan were $1.4 million, $1.3 million, and $1.3 million
respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

We also sponsor a defined benefit plan, the MFN Financial Corporation Pension Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan benefits were frozen on June 30, 2001.

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following tables represents a reconciliation of the change in the plan’s benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets, and funded status at December

31, 2023 and 2022:

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation
Projected benefit obligation, beginning of year
Interest cost
Assumption changes
Actuarial (gain) loss
Settlements
Benefits paid

Projected benefit obligation, end of year

Change in Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year
Return on assets
Employer contribution
Expenses
Settlements
Benefits paid

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

Funded Status at end of year

Additional Information

December 31,

2023

2022

(In thousands)

15,952    $
753     
(3)    
(271)    
–     
(954)    
15,477    $

18,768    $
2,347     
–     
(113)    
–     
(954)    
20,048    $

4,571    $

22,280 
579 
(5,450)
85 
(716)
(826)
15,952 

26,098 
(5,702)
– 
(86)
(716)
(826)
18,768 

2,816 

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and cost at December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
Discount rate

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
Discount rate
Expected return on plan assets

F-32

December, 31

2023

2022

4.68%     

4.87% 

4.87%     
7.00%     

2.65% 
7.25% 

 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our overall expected long-term rate of return on assets is 7.00% per annum as of December 31, 2023. The expected long-term rate of return is based on

the weighted average of historical returns on individual asset categories, which are described in more detail below.

Amounts recognized on Consolidated Balance Sheet
Other assets
Other liabilities

Net amount recognized

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consists of:
Net loss
Unrecognized transition asset
Net amount recognized

Components of net periodic benefit cost
Interest cost
Expected return on assets
Amortization of transition asset
Amortization of net  loss
Net periodic benefit cost
Settlement (gain)/loss

Total

Benefit Obligation Recognized in Other Comprehensive Loss (Income)
Net loss (gain)
Prior service cost (credit)
Amortization of prior service cost

Net amount recognized in other comprehensive loss (income)

2023

December 31,
2022
(In thousands)

2021

4,571    $
–     
4,571    $

4,130    $
–     
4,130    $

753    $
(1,280)    
–     
358     
(169)    
–     
(169)   $

(1,755)   $
–     
–     
(1,755)   $

2,816    $
–     
2,816    $

5,716    $
–     
5,716    $

579    $
(1,860)    
–     
105     
(1,176)    
256     
(920)   $

1,003    $
–     
–     
1,003    $

3,818 
– 
3,818 

3,794 
– 
3,794 

553 
(1,301)
– 
896 
148 
(865)
(717)

(9,503)
– 
– 
(9,503)

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

The estimated net gain that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost in 2024 is $400,000.

F-33

 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The weighted average asset allocation of our pension benefits at December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

Weighted Average Asset Allocation at Year-End
Asset Category
Equity securities
Debt securities
Cash and cash equivalents

Total

December 31,

2023

2022

87%     
13%     
0%     
100%     

87% 
13% 
0% 
100% 

Our investment policies and strategies for the pension benefits plan utilize a target allocation of 75% equity securities and 25% fixed income securities
(excluding Company stock). Our investment goals are to maximize returns subject to specific risk management policies. We address risk management and
diversification by the use of a professional investment advisor and several sub-advisors which invest in domestic and international equity securities and
domestic  fixed  income  securities.  Each  sub-advisor  focuses  its  investments  within  a  specific  sector  of  the  equity  or  fixed  income  market.  For  the  sub-
advisors focused on the equity markets, the sectors are differentiated by the market capitalization, the relative valuation and the location of the underlying
issuer. For the sub-advisors focused on the fixed income markets, the sectors are differentiated by the credit quality and the maturity of the underlying fixed
income investment. The investments made by the sub-advisors are readily marketable and can be sold to fund benefit payment obligations as they become
payable.

Cash Flows

Estimated Future Benefit Payments (In thousands)
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Years 2029 - 2033

Anticipated Contributions in 2024

F-34

  $

  $

1,268 
1,185 
1,280 
1,201 
1,119 
5,917 

– 

 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2023 and 2022, by asset category, is as follows:

Investment Name:
Company Common Stock
Large Cap Value
Mid Cap Index
Small Cap Growth
Small Cap Value
Large Cap Blend
Growth
International Growth
Core Bond
High Yield
Inflation Protected Bond
Money Market

Total

Investment Name:
Company Common Stock
Large Cap Value
Mid Cap Index
Small Cap Growth
Small Cap Value
Large Cap Blend
Growth
International Growth
Core Bond
High Yield
Inflation Protected Bond
Money Market

Total

________________________

Level 1 (1)

Level 2 (2)

Level 3 (3)

Total

December 31, 2023

8,308    $
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
8,308    $

(in thousands)
–    $
2,121     
606     
604     
596     
638     
2,278     
2,330     
1,763     
351     
437     
16     
11,740    $

–    $
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–    $

Level 1 (1)

Level 2 (2)

Level 3 (3)

Total

December 31, 2022

7,848    $
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
7,848    $

(in thousands)
–    $
2,037     
594     
546     
588     
560     
1,843     
2,251     
1,658     
347     
433     
63     
10,920    $

–    $
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–     
–    $

8,308 
2,121 
606 
604 
596 
638 
2,278 
2,330 
1,763 
351 
437 
16 
20,048 

7,848 
2,037 
594 
546 
588 
560 
1,843 
2,251 
1,658 
347 
433 
63 
18,768 

  $

  $

  $

  $

(1) Company common stock is classified as level 1 and valued using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

(2) All other plan assets in stock, bond and money market funds are classified as level 2 and valued using significant observable inputs.

(3) There are no plan assets classified as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy as a result of having significant unobservable inputs.

F-35

 
 
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(12) Fair Value Measurements

ASC  820,  “Fair  Value  Measurements”  clarifies  the  principle  that  fair  value  should  be  based  on  the  assumptions  market  participants  would  use  when
pricing an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions. Under the standard, fair
value measurements are separately disclosed by level within the fair value hierarchy.

ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value
measurement and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The three levels are defined as follows: level 1 - inputs to the valuation
methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets; level 2 – inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted
prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially
the full term of the financial instrument; and level 3 – inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

Effective January 2018 we have elected to use the fair value method to value our portfolio of finance receivables acquired in January 2018 and thereafter.

Our valuation policies and procedures have been developed by our Accounting department in conjunction with our Risk department and with consultation
with  outside  valuation  experts.  Our  policies  and  procedures  have  been  approved  by  our  Chief  Executive  and  our  Board  of  Directors  and  include
methodologies for valuation, internal reporting, calibration and back testing. Our periodic review of valuations includes an analysis of changes in fair value
measurements and documentation of the reasons for such changes. There is little available third-party information such as broker quotes or pricing services
available to assist us in our valuation process.

Our level 3, unobservable inputs reflect our own assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing similar receivables and are based on
the best information available in the circumstances. They include such inputs as estimates for the magnitude and timing of net charge-offs and the rate of
amortization of the portfolio of finance receivable. Significant changes in any of those inputs in isolation would have a significant impact on our fair value
measurement.

The table below presents a reconciliation of the finance receivables measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs:

Balance at beginning of period
Finance receivables at fair value acquired during period
Payments received on finance receivables at fair value
Net interest income accretion on fair value receivables
Mark to fair value
Balance at end of period

F-36

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

2023

2022

(In thousands)

  $

  $

2,476,617    $
1,251,020     
(823,434)    
(193,541)    
12,000     
2,722,662    $

1,749,098 
1,673,166 
(825,783)
(135,147)
15,283 
2,476,617 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The table below compares the fair values of these finance receivables to their contractual balances for the periods shown:

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

Contractual
Balance

Fair
Value

Contractual
Balance

Fair
Value

(In thousands)

Finance receivables measured at fair value

  $

2,941,915    $

2,722,662    $

2,701,184    $

2,476,617 

The following table provides certain qualitative information about our level 3 fair value measurements:

Financial Instrument

Assets:

Fair Values as of
December 31,

Inputs as of
December 31,

2023

2022

Unobservable Inputs

2023

2022

(In thousands)

Finance receivables measured at fair value

  $

2,722,662    $

2,476,617   

Discount rate
Cumulative net losses

11.0%-11.7%  
10.0%-21.7%  

11.0%-11.3%
13.4%-19.4%

The following table summarizes the delinquency status using the contractual balance of these finance receivables measured at fair value as of December

31, 2023 and December 31, 2022:

Delinquency Status
Current
31 - 60 days
61 - 90 days
91 + days
Repo

December 31,
2023

December 31,
2022

(In thousands)

  $

  $

2,520,158    $
204,574     
101,057     
49,541     
66,585     
2,941,915    $

2,375,271 
184,968 
72,390 
29,048 
39,507 
2,701,184 

F-37

 
 
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
  
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
     
   
   
 
 
   
 
     
   
   
 
 
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
    
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Repossessed vehicle inventory, which is included in Other assets on our consolidated balance sheet, is measured at fair value using level 2 assumptions
based on our actual loss experience on sale of repossessed vehicles. At December 31, 2023, the finance receivables related to the repossessed vehicles in
inventory totaled $597,000. We have applied a valuation adjustment, or loss allowance, of $472,000, which is based on a recovery rate of approximately
20%, resulting in an estimated fair value and carrying amount of $125,000. The fair value and carrying amount of the repossessed inventory at December
31, 2022 was $1.9 million after applying a valuation adjustment of $1.3 million.

There were no transfers in or out of level 1 or level 2 assets and liabilities for 2023 and 2022. We have no level 3 assets or liabilities that are measured at

fair value on a non-recurring basis.

The estimated fair values of financial assets and liabilities at December 31, 2023 and 2022, were as follows:

Financial Instrument

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash and equivalents
Finance receivables, net
Accrued interest receivable
Liabilities:
Warehouse lines of credit
Accrued interest payable
Securitization trust debt
Subordinated renewable notes

Carrying
Value

  $

  $

6,174    $
119,257     
24,684     
292     

234,025    $
7,928     
2,265,446     
17,188     

As of December 31, 2023
(In thousands)
Fair Value Measurements Using:
Level 2

Level 1

Level 3

Total

–    $
–     
–     
–     

–    $
–     
–     
–     

–    $
–     
20,848     
292     

234,025    $
7,928     
2,183,331     
17,188     

6,174 
119,257 
20,848 
292 

234,025 
7,928 
2,183,331 
17,188 

6,174    $
119,257     
–     
–     

–    $
–     
–     
–     

F-38

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Carrying
Value

  $

  $

13,490    $
149,299     
70,551     
649     

285,328    $
6,190     
2,108,744     
25,263     

As of December 31, 2022
(In thousands)
Fair Value Measurements Using:
Level 2

Level 1

Level 3

Total

13,490    $
149,299     
–     
–     

–    $
–     
–     
–     

–    $
–     
–     
–     

–    $
–     
–     
–     

–    $
–     
60,063     
649     

285,328    $
6,190     
1,957,995     
25,263     

13,490 
149,299 
60,063 
649 

285,328 
6,190 
1,957,995 
25,263 

Financial Instrument

Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash and equivalents
Finance receivables, net
Accrued interest receivable
Liabilities:
Warehouse lines of credit
Accrued interest payable
Securitization trust debt
Subordinated renewable notes

13) Subsequent Events

On  January  24,  2024  we  executed  our  first  securitization  of  2024.  In  the  transaction,  qualified  institutional  buyers  purchased  $280.9  million  of  asset-
backed  notes  secured  by  $300.6  million  in  automobile  receivables  originated  by  CPS.  The  sold  notes,  issued  by  CPS  Auto  Receivables  Trust  2024-A,
consist of five classes. Ratings of the notes were provided by Standard & Poor’s and DBRS Morningstar, and were based on the structure of the transaction,
the historical performance of similar receivables and CPS’s experience as a servicer. The weighted average yield on the notes is approximately 6.51%.

The  2024-A  transaction  has  initial  credit  enhancement  consisting  of  a  cash  deposit  equal  to  1.00%  of  the  original  receivable  pool  balance  and
overcollateralization of 6.55%. The transaction agreements require accelerated payment of principal on the notes to reach overcollateralization of the lesser
of 9.55% of the original receivable pool balance, or 26.55% of the then outstanding pool balance. The transaction was a private offering of securities, not
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, or any state securities law.

F-39

 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  Registration  Statement  Nos.  333-168976  and  333-190766  on  Form  S-1,  Nos.
333-152969 and 333-204492 on Form S-3, and Nos. 333-58199, 333-35758, 333-75594, 333-115622, 333-135907, 333-161448,
333-166892 and 333-193926 on form S-8 of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries of our report dated March 15,
2024 relating to the financial statements and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting appearing in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.

Crowe LLP

Dallas, Texas
March 15, 2024

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Charles E. Bradley, Jr., certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

5.

(a)

(b)

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by
this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under
our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about
the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report  based  on  such
evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting,
to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 15, 2024

/s/ Charles E. Bradley, Jr.
Charles E. Bradley, Jr.
Director and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Denesh Bharwani, certify that:

1.

2.

3.

4.

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

5.

(a)

(b)

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by
this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under
our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about
the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report  based  on  such
evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting,
to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 15, 2024

/s/ Denesh Bharwani
Denesh Bharwani
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. (“Registrant”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, as
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), Charles E. Bradley, Jr., Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Denesh Bharwani,
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his knowledge:

(1)

(2)

the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations as of December
31, 2023.

March 15, 2024

March 15, 2024

/s/ Charles E. Bradley, Jr.
Charles E. Bradley, Jr.
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Denesh Bharwani
Denesh Bharwani
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 97

Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc.
Incentive Compensation Recovery Policy (the “Policy”)
(as adopted by the Board of Directors on December 1, 2023)

1. Recovery. If Consumer Portfolio Services, Inc. (the “Company”) is required to prepare a Restatement, the Company’s board of directors (the

“Board”) shall, unless the Board determines it to be Impracticable, take reasonably prompt action to recover all Recoverable Compensation from any
Covered Person. Subject to applicable law, the Board may seek to recover Recoverable Compensation by requiring a Covered Person to repay such amount
to the Company; by adding “holdback” or deferral policies to incentive compensation; by adding post-vesting “holding” or “no transfer” policies to equity
awards; by set-off of a Covered Person’s other compensation; by reducing future compensation; or by such other means or combination of means as the
Board, in its sole discretion, determines to be appropriate. This Policy is in addition to (and not in lieu of) any right of repayment, forfeiture or off-set
against any Covered Person that may be available under applicable law or otherwise (whether implemented prior to or after adoption of this Policy).

2. Administration of Policy. The Board shall have full authority to administer, amend or terminate this Policy. The Board shall, subject to the

provisions of this Policy, make such determinations and interpretations and take such actions in connection with this Policy as it deems necessary,
appropriate or advisable. All determinations and interpretations made by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive. The Board may delegate any of
its powers under this Policy to the Compensation Committee of the Board or any subcommittee or delegate thereof.

3. No Indemnification. Notwithstanding the terms of any of the Company’s organizational documents, any corporate policy or any contract, no

Covered Person shall be indemnified against the loss of any Recoverable Compensation.

4. Disclosures. The Company shall make all disclosures and filings with respect to this Policy and maintain all documents and records that are

required by the applicable rules and forms of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) (including, without limitation, Rule 10D-1
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) and any applicable exchange listing standard.

5. Definitions. In addition to terms otherwise defined in this Policy, the following terms, when used in this Policy, shall have the following

meanings:

“Applicable Period” means the three completed fiscal years immediately preceding the earlier of: (i) the date that the Board, a committee of the

Board, or the officer or officers of the Company authorized to take such action if Board action is not required, concludes, or reasonably should have
concluded, that the Company is required to prepare a Restatement; or (ii) the date a court, regulator, or other legally authorized body directs the Company
to prepare a Restatement.

“Covered Person” means any person who receives Recoverable Compensation.

“Executive Officer” includes the Company’s president, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer (or if there is no such accounting

officer, the controller), any vice-president of the Company in charge of a principal business unit, division, or function (such as sales, administration, or
finance), any other officer who performs a policy-making function, or any other person (including any executive officer of the Company’s affiliates) who
performs similar policy-making functions for the Company. Executive Officer also includes executive officers of the Company identified pursuant to Item
401(b) of Regulation S-K.

“Financial Reporting Measure” means a measure that is determined and presented in accordance with the accounting principles used in

preparing the Company’s financial statements, and any measure that is derived wholly or in part from such measure. Stock price and total shareholder
return (“TSR”) are also Financial Reporting Measures. A Financial Reporting Measure need not be presented within the financial statements or included in
a filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Impracticable” means, after exercising a normal due process review of all the relevant facts and circumstances and taking all steps required by

Exchange Act Rule 10D-1 and any applicable exchange listing standard, the Compensation Committee determines that recovery of the Incentive-Based
Compensation is impracticable because: (i) it has determined that the direct expense that the Company would pay to a third party to assist in recovering the
Incentive-Based Compensation would exceed the amount to be recovered; (ii) it has concluded that the recovery of the Incentive-Based Compensation
would violate home country law adopted prior to November 28, 2022; or (iii) it has determined that the recovery of Incentive-Based Compensation would
cause a tax-qualified retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available to the Company’s employees, to fail to meet the requirements of 26 U.S.C.
401(a)(13) or 26 U.S.C. 411(a) and regulations thereunder.

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Incentive-Based Compensation” includes any compensation that is granted, earned, or vested based wholly or in part upon the attainment of a

Financial Reporting Measure.

“Received” – Incentive-Based Compensation is deemed “Received” in any Company fiscal period during which the Financial Reporting Measure
specified in the Incentive-Based Compensation award is attained, even if the payment or grant of the Incentive-Based Compensation occurs after the end of
that period.

“Recoverable Compensation” means all Incentive-Based Compensation (calculated on a pre-tax basis) Received after October 2, 2023 by a
person: (i) after beginning service as an Executive Officer; (ii) who served as an Executive Officer at any time during the performance period for that
Incentive-Based Compensation; (iii) while the Company had a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or national securities association;
and (iv) during the Applicable Period, that exceeded the amount of Incentive-Based Compensation that otherwise would have been Received had the
amount been determined based on the Financial Performing Measures, as reflected in the Restatement. With respect to Incentive-Based Compensation
based on stock price or TSR, when the amount of erroneously awarded compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from the
information in an accounting restatement, the amount must be based on a reasonable estimate of the effect of the Restatement on the stock price or TSR
upon which the Incentive-Based Compensation was received (the Company must maintain documentation of the determination of that reasonable estimate
and provide such documents to the applicable national securities exchange).

“Restatement” means an accounting restatement of any of the Company’s financial statements due to the Company’s material noncompliance

with any financial reporting requirement under U.S. securities laws, including any required accounting restatement to correct an error in previously issued
financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements (often referred to as a “Big R” restatement), or that would result in a
material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period (often referred to as a “little r” restatement).

2